<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Juma</id>
	<title>Ministry of Water DCOM Manual - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Juma"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php/Special:Contributions/Juma"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T23:06:18Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.34.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=Chapter_One:_Introduction_III&amp;diff=3248</id>
		<title>Chapter One: Introduction III</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=Chapter_One:_Introduction_III&amp;diff=3248"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T23:56:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Chapter One: Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter One: Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style='text-align: justify'&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The preparation of this DCOM manual was preceded by an overview of five important global considerations of Water Supply and Sanitation prior to reviewing the water and sanitation sector in Tanzania. This was followed by an explanation of the rationale for the preparation of the 4th edition. The introductory chapter is concluded by presenting the organization of the manual as well as the purpose and content of this volume of the DCOM manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==GLOBAL CONSIDERATIONS ON WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2015, world leaders convened at the United Nations Headquarters in New &lt;br /&gt;
York and adopted the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Governments &lt;br /&gt;
responded to the common development challenges then faced and to the changing &lt;br /&gt;
world around them by uniting behind a truly forward-looking, yet urgent plan to &lt;br /&gt;
end poverty and create shared prosperity on a healthy and peaceful planet. The &lt;br /&gt;
central principle of Agenda 2030 is leaving no one behind in achieving the 17 &lt;br /&gt;
SDGs through 169 targets. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development adopted at the UN Summit &lt;br /&gt;
includes SDG 6 on Water and Sanitation and in December 2016, the United Nations &lt;br /&gt;
General Assembly unanimously adopted the resolution “International Decade &lt;br /&gt;
for Action-Water for Sustainable Development” (2018–2028) in support of the &lt;br /&gt;
achievement of SDG 6 on water and sanitation and the related targets (United &lt;br /&gt;
Nations, 2015). It should also be noted that, water and sanitation are at the heart &lt;br /&gt;
of the Paris Agreement on climate change 2015 (UNFCC (2015).https://unfccc.int/process-and-meetings/the-paris-agreement/the-paris-agreement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensuring availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all &lt;br /&gt;
has therefore been, for a long while, an important topic at the United Nations and &lt;br /&gt;
is now turning this vision into a reality, through national leadership and global &lt;br /&gt;
partnerships. Water and sanitation are at the core of sustainable development &lt;br /&gt;
and the range of services they provide, underpin poverty reduction, economic &lt;br /&gt;
growth and environmental sustainability. The world needs to transform the way &lt;br /&gt;
it manages water resources and the way it delivers water and sanitation services &lt;br /&gt;
for billions of people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The designers and engineers, therefore, have the responsibility to support the &lt;br /&gt;
Government of Tanzania in achieving the SDG 6, where population growth and &lt;br /&gt;
rapid urbanisation have intensified demand for water and sanitation services &lt;br /&gt;
beyond all past thresholds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Climate Change and Resilience to Climate Change===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Climate change is now recognized as one of the defining challenges for the 21st &lt;br /&gt;
century. More frequent, intense and extreme weather events continue to result in &lt;br /&gt;
higher incidences of floods and droughts around the planet. The ensuing adverse &lt;br /&gt;
impacts of climate change on water and sanitation services constitute a serious &lt;br /&gt;
threat to human health and overall development of nations. Ensuring optimal &lt;br /&gt;
resilience of water and sanitation services in a globally changing climate context &lt;br /&gt;
will continue to be crucial for maintaining the momentum of making progress in &lt;br /&gt;
health and general socio-economic development. Climate variability is already a &lt;br /&gt;
threat to the sustainability of water supplies and sanitation infrastructure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flood occurrences continue to cause shocks for affected populations and to &lt;br /&gt;
challenge water and sanitation managers. In many places floods are likely to &lt;br /&gt;
become more frequent with intensification of climate change, thus;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Floods can have catastrophic consequences for basic water and sanitation infrastructure. Such damage can take years to repair. &lt;br /&gt;
* On a smaller scale, drinking-water infrastructure can be flooded and be put out of commission for days, weeks or months. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where flooding of sanitation facilities occurs, there may not only be a break in services, but the resultant flooding may distribute human excreta and its attendant health risks across entire neighborhoods and communities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Droughts occur unpredictably worldwide. In many places they are likely to become &lt;br /&gt;
more frequent and more widespread with climate change. For example: Falling &lt;br /&gt;
groundwater tables and reduced surface water flows can lead to wells drying &lt;br /&gt;
up, extending distances that must be travelled to collect water, and increasing &lt;br /&gt;
water source pollution. In response, drilling rigs, which would otherwise be used &lt;br /&gt;
to increase access, may be redeployed to renew or replace out-of-service wells, &lt;br /&gt;
slowing the actual progress in extending access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since climate change is likely to affect water sources and infrastructure in &lt;br /&gt;
Tanzania, it must therefore be taken into consideration (i.e. ensure enhanced &lt;br /&gt;
adaptation capacity) in design, operation and maintenance of water and sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
infrastructure or projects. Globally, climate change studies are coordinated by &lt;br /&gt;
the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and &lt;br /&gt;
the Inter-Governmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Accordingly, designers &lt;br /&gt;
should use the latest information, data and model predictions available and &lt;br /&gt;
include statements on what measures, if any, have been allowed for in order &lt;br /&gt;
to cope up with (or adapt to) climate change within the time frame of pertinent &lt;br /&gt;
project design (i.e. design period)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Public Private Partnership in Water Supply and Sanitation Projects in Developing Countries===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the key challenges faced by water authorities in Developing Countries (DC) &lt;br /&gt;
is how best to manage service delivery obligations to rural communities. Even in &lt;br /&gt;
decentralized sectors, water authorities may find it hard to provide services to &lt;br /&gt;
remote rural communities. It is recognized that water user associations and/or &lt;br /&gt;
local private operators may be best placed to provide services as they are close &lt;br /&gt;
to the users. The majority of the agreements are currently in place in the short &lt;br /&gt;
term (1 to 3 years) management or operation and maintenance contracts for &lt;br /&gt;
existing systems that involve minimal investment from the private sector. One &lt;br /&gt;
key issue that arises repeatedly though is how to effectively regulate and monitor &lt;br /&gt;
performance of activities under these contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Globally, activities undertaken in 2005 suggest that private participation in the &lt;br /&gt;
water sector is entering a new phase. New private firm involvement is continuously &lt;br /&gt;
focusing on smaller projects and bulk facilities. Contractual arrangements &lt;br /&gt;
involving utilities are combining private operations with public financing and new &lt;br /&gt;
players are entering the market. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In an infrastructure-intensive sector, improving access and service quality to meet &lt;br /&gt;
the SDGs cannot be done without massive investment. Around the developing &lt;br /&gt;
world, the water sector is chronically under-funded and inefficient in addition to &lt;br /&gt;
giving low priority to sanitation. In this context, Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) &lt;br /&gt;
can be a mechanism (among others) to help Governments in funding the much &lt;br /&gt;
needed investment and deploying technologies and efficiency that can improve &lt;br /&gt;
the performance and financial sustainability of the water and sanitation sector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Governments are currently using private firms in the water and sanitation sector &lt;br /&gt;
increasingly to finance and operate bulk water supply and wastewater treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
New technologies and innovations such as desalination and wastewater re-use &lt;br /&gt;
are currently being increasingly introduced, where traditional water sources have &lt;br /&gt;
become scarce. Utilities are drawing on specific expertise, such as Non-Revenue &lt;br /&gt;
Water (NRW) reduction and pressure management, to promote efficiency and &lt;br /&gt;
improvement of services. Private investors and providers are increasingly &lt;br /&gt;
becoming local and regional, and so raising competition and pushing down &lt;br /&gt;
charges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most utilities are increasingly turning to the private sector for turnkey solutions &lt;br /&gt;
to the designing, building and operating water and wastewater treatment plants, &lt;br /&gt;
and in some cases they also provide financing. With new technologies such as &lt;br /&gt;
membrane filtration and in wastewater treatment; utilities have faced challenges &lt;br /&gt;
in finding the capacity to operate and maintain these facilities and in selecting &lt;br /&gt;
the most appropriate technology.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a utility has the funds or is seeking financing to develop water or &lt;br /&gt;
wastewater treatment plants but wishes to draw on the private sector to &lt;br /&gt;
Design, Build and Operate (DBO) a facility, then the DBO approach is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The International Financial Institutions (IFIs) are being asked to finance such &lt;br /&gt;
approaches. In response, the WB has recently developed a suite of documents &lt;br /&gt;
for DBO deployment in water and sanitation projects, including an initial &lt;br /&gt;
selection document; a Request for Proposal (RFP) with DBO document based &lt;br /&gt;
on The International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC), an acronym for &lt;br /&gt;
its French name Fédération Internationale Des Ingénieurs-Conseils) Gold Book and &lt;br /&gt;
a guidance note with guidance on when the DBO approach is appropriate and &lt;br /&gt;
how to approach such projects; draft framework for Employer Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
and draft Terms of Reference for Consultancy support to carry out the requisite &lt;br /&gt;
studies and develop the documents (World Bank, 2010).https://ppp.worldbank.org/public-private-partnership/sector/water-sanitation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===International Water Law===&lt;br /&gt;
The URT is riparian to the following trans-boundary International River Basins: &lt;br /&gt;
Congo River Basin, Kagera River Basin, Nile River Basin and Zambezi River Basin. &lt;br /&gt;
These water sources are managed using international law on trans-boundary &lt;br /&gt;
resources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
International law is a culture of communication that “constitutes a method of &lt;br /&gt;
communicating claims, counter-claims, expectations and anticipations, as well &lt;br /&gt;
as providing a framework for assisting and prioritizing such demands” (Shaw, &lt;br /&gt;
2008). International water law is the law of non-navigational uses of international &lt;br /&gt;
watercourses.https://www.siwi.org/icwc-course-international-water-law/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In international water law, there are two substantive principles that ought to be &lt;br /&gt;
taken into consideration when sharing international waters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The principle of equitable utilization which is a more subtle version of the doctrine of absolute sovereign territory. It argues that a (nation) state has absolute rights to all water flowing through its territory.&lt;br /&gt;
* The principle of no significant harm is the delicate version of the doctrine of both absolute riparian integrity (every riparian state is entitled to the natural flow of a river system crossing its borders) and historic rights (where every riparian state is entitled to water that is tied to a prior or existing use) (Wolf, 1999).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two relevant international water conventions for trans-boundary &lt;br /&gt;
water cooperation. The 1997 Convention on the Law of the Non-navigational &lt;br /&gt;
Uses of International Watercourses (i.e. UN Watercourses Convention, 1997), &lt;br /&gt;
and the 1992 UNECE Convention on the Protection and Use of Trans-boundary &lt;br /&gt;
Watercourses and International Lakes (i.e. UNECE Water Convention, 1992) &lt;br /&gt;
which recently broadened its membership beyond the EU to a global audience. &lt;br /&gt;
In March 2016, Water Convention became a global multilateral legal and Inter Governmental framework for trans-boundary water cooperation that is open to accession by all UN member states. The soft law of the SDGs provides further impetus to the management of trans-boundary water resources directly through Goal 6.5: ''Implement integrated water resources management at all levels, and through trans-boundary cooperation as appropriate'', and indirectly through Goal &lt;br /&gt;
16: ''Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development''. In this case, the contribution of designers and engineers is in the provision of tools and information or data to support the needed decision-making.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The management of water resources that entails extraction of shared &lt;br /&gt;
international water resources in the form of rivers, lakes, seas and oceans as &lt;br /&gt;
sources are guided by International Conventions and/or Protocols that have to &lt;br /&gt;
be subsequently ratified by respective national Parliaments before they become &lt;br /&gt;
enforceable. Because Tanzania is a member of the EAC, SADC and the African &lt;br /&gt;
Union, it has ratified a number of the conventions and/or protocols that are &lt;br /&gt;
associated with water resources management and water supply and sanitation&lt;br /&gt;
services. At an African level, Tanzania fully subscribes to the Agenda 2063 that &lt;br /&gt;
ensures African development is guided by African experts to attain the aspirations &lt;br /&gt;
of “The Africa that we want” with respect to water supply and sanitation services. &lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as a member of the United Nations, Tanzania’s water supply and &lt;br /&gt;
sanitation services are guided by the UN SDGs of 2015 as well as the UNFCCC &lt;br /&gt;
(2015) as mentioned earlier on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DEVELOPMENT AGENDA AND WATER AND SANITATION SECTOR IN TANZANIA==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tanzania Development Agenda includes the Tanzania Development Vision &lt;br /&gt;
(TDV) 2025). The realization of TDV is carried out through Five Year Development &lt;br /&gt;
Plans. Currently, the GoT is implementing the Second Five Year Development &lt;br /&gt;
Plan (FYDP II), 2016/17 – 2020/21.https://mof.go.tz/mofdocs/msemaji/Five%202016_17_2020_21.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Government adopted the TDV in the mid-1986s for socio-economic reforms &lt;br /&gt;
and the same continues to be implemented to date. Better and improved water &lt;br /&gt;
and sanitation services contribute to one of the attributes of Vision 2025, which &lt;br /&gt;
is on high quality livelihood. Thus, the review and update of this manual better &lt;br /&gt;
shapes the future in which water and sanitation services will be delivered to &lt;br /&gt;
enhance the health and improved livelihoods of normal citizens who are a critical &lt;br /&gt;
national labour force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FYDP II has integrated development frameworks of the first Five Year &lt;br /&gt;
Development Plan (FYDP I, 2011/2012-2015/2016) and the National Strategy for &lt;br /&gt;
Growth and Reduction of Poverty (NSGRP/MKUKUTA II, 2010/2011-2014/2015) &lt;br /&gt;
further extended to 2015/2016 - 2019/2020. The FYDP II is built on three pillars &lt;br /&gt;
of transformation: industrialization, human development, and implementation &lt;br /&gt;
effectiveness, and is aligned to the relevant SDGs. Importantly, industrialization &lt;br /&gt;
placeshigh demand on utility supplies e.g. energy and water, so subscribing on &lt;br /&gt;
addressing the SDG Goals 6: on water and sanitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 4 of the FYDP II, sub-chapter 4.3.4 on Water Supply and Sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
Services sets key targets by 2020: Access to safe water in rural areas, 85%; regional &lt;br /&gt;
centres and Dar es Salaam, 95%. Proportion of rural households with improved sanitation facilities, 75%; regional centres, 50% and Dar es Salaam, 40%. Non�revenue water (NRW) for regional centres, 25%; for Dar es Salaam, 30%. The Key &lt;br /&gt;
targets by 2025 are: Access to safe water in rural areas, 90%; regional centres and &lt;br /&gt;
Dar es Salaam, 100%. Proportion of rural households with improved sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
facilities, 85%; regional centres, 70% and Dar es Salaam, 60%. Non-revenue &lt;br /&gt;
water (NRW) for regional centres, 20%; for Dar es Salaam, 25%. One of the tools &lt;br /&gt;
towards achieving the key targets of water supply and sanitation is the effective &lt;br /&gt;
application of the DCOM manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Government has a comprehensive framework for sustainable development &lt;br /&gt;
and management of water resources where there is an effective policy, legal and &lt;br /&gt;
institutional framework. The water sector policy and strategy contains operational &lt;br /&gt;
targets to be achieved in terms of coverage and timescale for improving water &lt;br /&gt;
resources management, water supply and sanitation. The targets are reflected &lt;br /&gt;
in the National Water Sector Development Strategy (NWSDS) of 2006. Based on &lt;br /&gt;
the targets of the ruling party manifesto on water coverage for rural areas and &lt;br /&gt;
urban areas are 85% and 95% by 2025, respectively which are also articulated in &lt;br /&gt;
the WSDP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of water supply and sanitation services in Tanzania Mainland, the &lt;br /&gt;
Water Supply and Sanitation Authorities (WSSAs), in collaboration with Rural &lt;br /&gt;
Water Supply and Sanitation Agency (RUWASA), are responsible for management &lt;br /&gt;
of water supply and sanitation services mostly in the urban, towns and rural &lt;br /&gt;
areas as well as in areas that used to be managed by National Water Utilities. &lt;br /&gt;
The water sector status report of 2017/18 has set water coverage targets of &lt;br /&gt;
95% for Dar es Salaam, 90% for other WSSAs and rural areas, 85%.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Community Based Water Supply Organisations (CBWSOs) are the basic units &lt;br /&gt;
responsible for management of water supply and sanitation services in rural &lt;br /&gt;
areas under the overall coordination of RUWASA. The WSSAs are regulated by &lt;br /&gt;
the Energy and Water Utilities Regulating Authority (EWURA), while CBWSOs are &lt;br /&gt;
regulated by the RUWASA under the Ministry of Water that is in turn responsible &lt;br /&gt;
for rural water supply and sanitation services in Tanzania. As part of the ongoing reforms in the MoW, a number of small WSSAs have been clustered with urban WSSAs leading to reduction of WSSAs from 130 to 71. RUWASA has been charged with the task of supervising the operations of 50 small town WSSAs in addition to the CBWSO managed projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The regulatory role of WSSAs is provided by the Energy and Water Utilities &lt;br /&gt;
Regulatory Authority (EWURA) and to some extent by RUWASA. With regard to &lt;br /&gt;
sanitation, the water sector status report 2017/18 has estimated an average &lt;br /&gt;
coverage of sewerage systems to be 30% (2018) in urban areas. On sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
achievements, the same report indicates that by 2018, safely managed sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
was available to only 21.2% of the population compared to the target of 25%. &lt;br /&gt;
When this is compared to the SDG target of 100% by 2030, it can be seen that &lt;br /&gt;
Tanzania is lagging behind by far&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== National Water Policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The National Water Policy (NAWAPO) of 2002 guides the management of the &lt;br /&gt;
water sector in Tanzania with major emphasis being on the active participation &lt;br /&gt;
of communities, the private sector and the local governments in protecting &lt;br /&gt;
and conserving water sources, supplying water and management of water &lt;br /&gt;
and sanitation infrastructure. Currently, the review of the NAWAPO is at fairly &lt;br /&gt;
advanced stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main objective of the National Water Policy of 2002 was to develop a &lt;br /&gt;
comprehensive framework for sustainable development and management of the &lt;br /&gt;
Nation’s water resources, in which an effective legal and institutional framework &lt;br /&gt;
for its implementation was put in place. The policy aimed at ensuring that water &lt;br /&gt;
beneficiaries participate fully in planning, construction, operation, maintenance &lt;br /&gt;
and management of community based domestic water supply schemes. &lt;br /&gt;
This policy sought to address cross-sectoral interests in water, watershed &lt;br /&gt;
management and integrated and participatory approaches for water resources &lt;br /&gt;
planning, development and management. Also, the policy laid a foundation for &lt;br /&gt;
sustainable development and management of water resources in the changing &lt;br /&gt;
roles of the Government from service provider to that of coordination, policy &lt;br /&gt;
and guidelines formulation, and regulation. Other objectives of the water policy &lt;br /&gt;
included: increasing the productivity and health of the population through the &lt;br /&gt;
assurance of improved water supply and sanitation services to the water users &lt;br /&gt;
and to identify and preserve water sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Legal and Institutional Framework for Water Supply and Sanitation ===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, the water and sanitation sector is governed by two main broad legal &lt;br /&gt;
frameworks namely:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I. Water Resource Management Act No.11 of 2009 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
II. Water Supply and Sanitation Act No. 5 of 2019.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the institutional framework, there are several organs under the Ministry &lt;br /&gt;
of Water, which coordinates water supply and sanitation delivery service: the &lt;br /&gt;
Directorate of Program Preparation, Coordination and Delivery Unit (PCDU), &lt;br /&gt;
Directorate of Water Resources Management, Basin Water Boards (BWBs), &lt;br /&gt;
Directorate of Water Supply and Sanitation, Directorate of Water Quality Services, &lt;br /&gt;
Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Agency (RUWASA) and Water Supply and &lt;br /&gt;
Sanitation Authorities (WSSAs). Special attention is hereby paid to RUWASA as, &lt;br /&gt;
in collaboration with respective regional or district authorities is responsible for &lt;br /&gt;
planning and managing, and supervising the rural water supply and sanitation &lt;br /&gt;
projects, including financial and procurement management, as well as monitoring &lt;br /&gt;
and evaluation for contracting consultants and local service providers to assist &lt;br /&gt;
with planning and implementation of the projects at the district level and in the &lt;br /&gt;
communities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through implementation of WSDP I and II (up to 2019) projects, the role &lt;br /&gt;
or participation of the beneficiaries in planning, construction, operation, &lt;br /&gt;
maintenance and management of community based domestic water supply&lt;br /&gt;
schemes was guaranteed in most of the implemented projects through &lt;br /&gt;
establishments of COWSOs in every completed project that was given all the &lt;br /&gt;
mandate of making sure the project is sustainable. Among the lessons learnt &lt;br /&gt;
from the implementation of WSDP I &amp;amp; II projects was the need for engineers and &lt;br /&gt;
consultants to use the MoW Design manuals in order to reduce or eliminate the &lt;br /&gt;
many design flaws already observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, according to the Water Supply and Sanitation Act No. 5 of 2019, the &lt;br /&gt;
COWSOs were replaced by CBWSOs and these are expected to have the frontline &lt;br /&gt;
responsibility for sustaining rural water supply and sanitation services on behalf &lt;br /&gt;
of the beneficiaries (communities). The members of CBWSOs are drawn from &lt;br /&gt;
the users but their qualifications and experiences have been better specified &lt;br /&gt;
under the Act No.5. The minimum qualifications of the technical staff employed &lt;br /&gt;
by CBWSOs has also been explicitly specified to ensure they have the requisite &lt;br /&gt;
capability and experience. Their roles as well as the assumed responsibility of &lt;br /&gt;
CBWSOs are also explicitly highlighted in the Act No.5 as well as the roles of &lt;br /&gt;
RUWASA at different levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coverage and Access to Water Supply Services ===&lt;br /&gt;
While the responsibility for provision of sanitation services in rural areas is &lt;br /&gt;
principally under the Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, &lt;br /&gt;
Elderly and Children (MoHCDGEC); following enactment of the Water and &lt;br /&gt;
Sanitation Act No. 5 of 2019, RUWASA has also been given some responsibility to &lt;br /&gt;
coordinate delivery of sanitation services in areas that are under its jurisdiction. &lt;br /&gt;
In areas served by former National Project Water Utilities (WSSA), it is expected &lt;br /&gt;
that the MoHCDGEC will liaise closely with both the latter and RUWASA to deliver &lt;br /&gt;
sanitation services. It is estimated that by 2019, on average 21.2% of Tanzanians &lt;br /&gt;
had access to safely managed sanitation (MoW AGM, 2019) against a National &lt;br /&gt;
target of 25%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Policy Environment for Water and Sanitation Services in Tanzania ===&lt;br /&gt;
The management of water resources in Tanzania is guided by the National water &lt;br /&gt;
policy of 2002 (URT, 2002) that has been in use over the last 18 years and was &lt;br /&gt;
further articulated by the National Water Sector Development Strategy of 2006 &lt;br /&gt;
- 2015 (URT, 2008) and the WSDP of 2006-2025. There are currently efforts to &lt;br /&gt;
update the national water policy by the Ministry responsible for Water. The most &lt;br /&gt;
important national legislation guiding water resources management include &lt;br /&gt;
the Water Resources Management Act No.11 (URT, 2009) and all subsequent &lt;br /&gt;
amendments as well as the various regulations prepared by the Ministry &lt;br /&gt;
responsible for Water.The Water Supply and Sanitation Act No.5 (URT, 2019) and the associated &lt;br /&gt;
regulations prepared by the Ministry responsible for Water guide the development &lt;br /&gt;
of water supply and sanitation services in Tanzania. The users of this manual are &lt;br /&gt;
referred to the URT website for further information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As regards sanitation, the Public Health Act of 2009 and The Health Policy of 2007 provide the relevant legal guidance. Other relevant guiding documents include The National Guidelines &lt;br /&gt;
for Water, Sanitation and Hygiene for Tanzania Schools (MoEST, 2016), National &lt;br /&gt;
Guidelines for Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in Health Care Facilities (MoHCDGEC, &lt;br /&gt;
Oct. 2017), Guidelines for the Preparation of Water Safety Plans (MoW, Oct. &lt;br /&gt;
2015), National Guidelines on Drinking Water Quality Monitoring &amp;amp; Reporting &lt;br /&gt;
(MoW, Jan. 2018) and Guidelines for the Application of Small-Scale, Decentralized &lt;br /&gt;
Wastewater Treatment Systems; A Code of Practice for Decision Makers (Mow, &lt;br /&gt;
Dec. 2018). Another Swahili document is titled “Mwongozo wa Ujenzi wa Vyoo Bora &lt;br /&gt;
na Usafi wa Mazingira” (Guidelines for Construction of Toilets and Sanitation), &lt;br /&gt;
(MoHCDGEC, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Major Stakeholders in Water Supply and Sanitation Projects ===&lt;br /&gt;
Effective and efficient implementation of water supply and sanitation projects &lt;br /&gt;
will be achieved through the contribution of a number of stakeholders. The &lt;br /&gt;
stakeholders of significant importance are described below.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(a) Regulatory Authorities'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In order to ensure the smooth implementations of water supply and sanitation&lt;br /&gt;
projects, various regulatory authorities have been established from time to time. &lt;br /&gt;
The latter, monitor professional conduct of the different parties involved in water &lt;br /&gt;
and sanitation projects. These include:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i) Public Procurement Regulatory Authority ([https://www.ppra.go.tz/ PPRA]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii) Tanzania Bureau of Standards ([http://www.tbs.go.tz TBS]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(iii) Engineers Registration Board ([https://www.erb.go.tz ERB]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(iv) Contractors’ Registration Board ([http://www.crb.go.tz/ CRB]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(v) Energy and Water Utilities Regulating Authority ([https://www.ewura.go.tz/ EWURA]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(vi) The National Environmental Management Council ([http://www.nemc.go.tz/ NEMC]).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(b) Contractors and Consultants''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contractors are the firms that perform the actual construction of the water projects according to the agreed terms in the contracts. Consultants/Project Managers are firms that design water supply and sanitation projects and supervise the construction works depending on the terms and conditions specified in their respective contracts. Moreover, the consultant, on behalf of the client, approves &lt;br /&gt;
completed structures with regards to the specifications given and the standards &lt;br /&gt;
required as elaborated in chapter twelve of Volume I of the DCOM manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(c) National Water Supply and Sanitation NGOs and networks'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a sample list of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) that &lt;br /&gt;
deal with a water supply and sanitation services in Tanzania and hence have a &lt;br /&gt;
contributing role to the Ministry of Water (MoW):&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i) Association of Tanzania Water Suppliers ([http://atawas.or.tz/ ATAWAS]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii) Tanzania Water Supply and Sanitation Network ([http://www.tawasanet.or.tz/ TAWASANET]),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(iii) Tanzania Global Water Partnership ([https://www.gwptz.org/about/ GWPTZ]).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Water Supply and Sanitation Public-Private Partnership in Tanzania ===&lt;br /&gt;
The national water policy (NAWAPO) of 2002 (URT) envisaged devolution &lt;br /&gt;
elements to be introduced as well as public and civil service reforms. It had &lt;br /&gt;
assumed that the Central Government would provide technical and financial &lt;br /&gt;
support, coordination and regulation of water supply development while the &lt;br /&gt;
private sector was expected to support the communities in planning, design, &lt;br /&gt;
construction and supply of materials, equipment, spare parts and to support &lt;br /&gt;
operations in some cases. The Development Partners (DPs), NGOs and CBOs &lt;br /&gt;
were expected to provide funding and technical assistance to supplement the &lt;br /&gt;
Government’s efforts through basket funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In support of the Government the Public-Private Partnership (PPP) policy of 2009 &lt;br /&gt;
as also supported by EWURA which prepared the PPP guidelines for water supply&lt;br /&gt;
and sanitation (EWURA, 2017) and the relevant legislation that was stipulated in &lt;br /&gt;
NAWAPO 2002, the MoW has created the necessary environment for supporting &lt;br /&gt;
the private sector such that, a sizeable proportion of the works, services and &lt;br /&gt;
goods are procured from private sector Service Providers (SPs) hence assisting &lt;br /&gt;
the Government in fulfilling its roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, one of the successes of NAWAPO 2002 has been the inclusion &lt;br /&gt;
of the private sector in water supply and sanitation projects implementation. &lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding the good experiences, the MoW (2018) indicated that even though &lt;br /&gt;
the Water Sector Development Programme (WSDP) Project Implementation &lt;br /&gt;
Manual gave a lot of opportunities to the private sector that procured most of &lt;br /&gt;
the works, field experience has shown that the capacity of the private sector &lt;br /&gt;
in Tanzania is limited in terms of having only a few staff and thereby failing to &lt;br /&gt;
supervise the works properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the Ministry of Water organized a forum on enhancing &lt;br /&gt;
public private partnership in the water sector. This was held in Dar es Salaam &lt;br /&gt;
from 19 to 20 July 2018. In this forum, discussions were held with the private &lt;br /&gt;
sector stakeholders where experiences, challenges and recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
were obtained with regard to implementation of rural water supply projects in &lt;br /&gt;
Tanzania. The forum was a follow up of the Five-Year Development Plan (FYDP) &lt;br /&gt;
2016/17-2020/21. The fourth priority area of the FYDP is strengthening project &lt;br /&gt;
implementation effectiveness, which earmarked water supply and sanitation one&lt;br /&gt;
of the key interventions for achievement. In the forum, the following key issues &lt;br /&gt;
were captured:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Contract management issues such as delays in decision making by the client,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(b) Payment problems,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Procurement problems,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Policy issues on Tax exemption for imports,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Political interference in the execution of works,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(f) Knowledge gap on current technology available for groundwater exploration &lt;br /&gt;
based on quality and quantity of water,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(g) Shortage of contractors with capacity to execute water supply projects,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(h) Database issues especially on water resources information, which often end &lt;br /&gt;
up with over- or under- designing water supply facilities.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i) Design specifications based on the use of obsolete technologies was &lt;br /&gt;
identified as a critical problem.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Privatization of some or all functions of Operation and Maintenance can be &lt;br /&gt;
considered to achieve:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (i) efficiency&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (ii) economy&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (iii) professionalism and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(iv) &lt;br /&gt;
financial viability of the system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve the above stated objectives, &lt;br /&gt;
the private entrepreneur needs to possess:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (i) adequately trained, qualified staff &lt;br /&gt;
for operation and supervision of the services &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (ii) equipment, material, testing &lt;br /&gt;
and repairing facilities &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (iii) experience in operating similar systems &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(iv) financial &lt;br /&gt;
soundness &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(v) capacity to meet the emergency situations.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to assist service providers/operators in ensuring financial viability of their &lt;br /&gt;
projects through Public-Private Partnerships, the following were recommended:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(a) The MoW, through the established in-house Design Unit should provide an &lt;br /&gt;
option for on-demand engagement of the private sector at the project level, &lt;br /&gt;
in cases where in-house capacity or technology is limited;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Enhancement of awareness on other operational modes in PPP as per water &lt;br /&gt;
policy;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Where applicable, private operators should be engaged in operation and &lt;br /&gt;
maintenance of water supply and sanitation services after due diligence; The &lt;br /&gt;
same applies to contracting personnel with specialized skills for the repair &lt;br /&gt;
and maintenance of specialized equipment or instrumentation as specialized &lt;br /&gt;
services for maintenance of such equipment instead of employing additional &lt;br /&gt;
staff. Such a practice may ensure proper functioning of the equipment with &lt;br /&gt;
least cost;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Private operators should be supervised closely to avoid challenges in operation &lt;br /&gt;
and maintenance of water supply and sanitation projects (i.e. water supply &lt;br /&gt;
connections, facilities and finances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RATIONALE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE FOURTH EDITION DCOM MANUAL ==&lt;br /&gt;
The need to review and update the 2009 Design Manual was emphasised during &lt;br /&gt;
the Private-Public Partnership (PPP) stakeholders’ meeting hosted by the MoW &lt;br /&gt;
in 2018. During that meeting, the issue of providing designs/specifications that &lt;br /&gt;
use old technologies in procurement was indicated as a concern as well as &lt;br /&gt;
stressing the need to adopt the latest and appropriate technology. Among the &lt;br /&gt;
Recommendations of the Special Committee on Audit of WSDP I &amp;amp; II projects &lt;br /&gt;
in rural areas in Tanzania (URT, Nov. 2018), the need to review and update the &lt;br /&gt;
design manual and to ensure that all consultants use it was emphasized. The four &lt;br /&gt;
volumes of the DCOM manual have been prepared in order to facilitate effective &lt;br /&gt;
complimentary planning, design, construction supervision as well as operation &lt;br /&gt;
and maintenance of water supply and sanitation projects for urban, peri-urban &lt;br /&gt;
and rural areas of Tanzania.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manuals will also assist the staff of the Ministry responsible for water and &lt;br /&gt;
sanitation projects to effectively undertake their supervisory and coordination &lt;br /&gt;
roles and the consultants to undertake designs using the guidelines recommended &lt;br /&gt;
in the MoW manual. For Urban and National WSSA or RUWASA staff who may be &lt;br /&gt;
involved in design, construction supervision of projects using the Force Account&lt;br /&gt;
mode of implementation, the four manuals will prove to be useful in facilitating &lt;br /&gt;
step by step supervision.On the other hand, for staff who will be implementing water supply and &lt;br /&gt;
sanitation projects, the manuals will provide guidance on how they should &lt;br /&gt;
involve all the principal stakeholders including the Community Based Water &lt;br /&gt;
Supply Organisations (CBWSO) as foreseen in both the NAWAPO (URT,2002) as &lt;br /&gt;
well as the NWSDS (URT, 2008). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manuals have been formatted in order to be &lt;br /&gt;
more user friendly by allowing navigation within and across the manuals as well &lt;br /&gt;
as having the capability to navigate into or from website links with ease using &lt;br /&gt;
subject indices that enable a user to search for the needed information almost &lt;br /&gt;
instantly. It is hoped that, the manuals will contribute towards improvement of &lt;br /&gt;
the contract management capacity of the staff involved in project management &lt;br /&gt;
and will eliminate the recurring problem of consultants designing water supply &lt;br /&gt;
and sanitation management projects that are below minimum quality standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ABOUT THE FOURTH EDITION OF THE DCOM MANUAL ==&lt;br /&gt;
The 4th edition of the DCOM Manual was prepared in 2020, following the review &lt;br /&gt;
and updating of the Third Edition of the Water Supply and Wastewater Disposal &lt;br /&gt;
Design Manual of 2009. The former manual was prepared in three separate &lt;br /&gt;
volumes. These volumes included eight chapters on water supply, three chapters &lt;br /&gt;
on wastewater disposal and one chapter on water pipelines standards and &lt;br /&gt;
specifications. It should be remembered that the 2nd Edition of the Design Manual &lt;br /&gt;
that was titled ''Design Manual for Water Supply and Wastewater Disposal'' was prepared in July 1997 in two volumes with eight chapters and three chapters, respectively. The 1st Edition of the Design Manual was prepared in 1985/86, a few years after the conclusion of the International Water and Sanitation Decade that ended in 1981. Thus, the current edition of the DCOM is adequately informed by &lt;br /&gt;
previous edition reviews which incorporate topical and existing challenges and issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Special Committee of twelve members from The Ministry of Water, RUWASA, &lt;br /&gt;
University of Dar es Salaam (UDSM), The Nelson Mandela African Institution of &lt;br /&gt;
Science and Technology (NMAIST) and Private Sector undertook the preparation &lt;br /&gt;
of the four volumes of this manual. The process of preparing the design manuals &lt;br /&gt;
entailed a number of participatory consultations with key stakeholders from the &lt;br /&gt;
water and sanitation sector as well as from Ministries of Education, Science &amp;amp; &lt;br /&gt;
Technology, Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, Elderly and &lt;br /&gt;
Children (MoHCDGEC), President’s Office Regional Administration and Local &lt;br /&gt;
Government (PORALG) as well as Consultants, Contractors, Materials suppliers &lt;br /&gt;
and Development Partners. It also involved undertaking an extensive search of &lt;br /&gt;
literature from libraries, conference proceedings, journal publications, websites &lt;br /&gt;
of various entities and design manuals from various global, East African and &lt;br /&gt;
SADC countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ORGANISATION OF THE 4TH EDITION OF THE DCOM MANUAL ==&lt;br /&gt;
The 4th Edition of the DCOM Manual has been prepared in four separate volumes &lt;br /&gt;
that are divided as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Volume I''' which presents ''Design of Water Supply Projects'' organized into thirteen chapters; &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Volume II''' that dwells on ''Design of Sanitation Projects'' and is divided into six chapters;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Volume III''' titled ''Construction Supervision for Water Supply and Sanitation Projects'' has been structured into five chapters;and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Volume IV''' titled ''Operation and Maintenance for Water Supply and Sanitation Projects'' is organized into nineteen chapters. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This Volume IV is organized into five parts as indicated below, and can be used as separate packages for training of different groups of users from the water sector:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part A: Essentials of Operation &amp;amp; Maintenance,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part B: O&amp;amp;M of the Water Supply Sources and Network,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part C: O&amp;amp;M of Water Treatment, Water &amp;amp; Wastewater Quality Compliance,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part D: O&amp;amp;M of Sanitation Projects,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part E: Water Audit, Revenue and Community Participation Management.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PURPOSE OF THIS VOLUME ==&lt;br /&gt;
This Volume is meant to assist the Procuring Entity (PE) to supervise the projects adequately through its own staff or by engaging an independent individual or firm as the project supervisor. The tools needed by the Supervisor to do his work will be developed under the guidance of the Contract Management Plan (CMP) that is detailed in this Volume. In no case will the CMP form part of the Contract between the PE and the Contractor but may be part of the Contract between the Supervisor and the PE. That notwithstanding, the Supervisor must be issued, by the PE, a site visit/inspection checklist that has to be filled and evaluated in every visit. The checklist can also be jointly prepared between the parties to reflect commonality in thinking of those construction areas pertinent to the specific project under consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experience in Tanzania has shown that hardly does either party to the contract apply the contractual remedies provided in the contract. Contractors, for example, fear that by demanding remedy through charging interest in late payment of certificates may jeopardize their future award of other projects. Similarly the PEs, for example, may not recall a performance guarantee of a poorly performing Contractor for the fear of starting the lengthy procurement process all over again. This Volume encourages all parties to heed to the articles of the contract by establishing a strong construction supervision mechanism for all water supply and sanitation projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Organization/description of this volume ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Volume comprises five chapters. &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 1 presents the Introduction. 	&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 2 covers the Procurement Process. It gives the definition of procurement, governing principles of public procurement and summarizes the procurement process by means of a flow chart. In this part focus has been placed on post-qualification of tenderers, which is seen to be a serious problem in getting contractors with capacity and capability to execute the contracts. Detailed criteria for carrying out post-qualification are given. The use of force account for construction works is also discussed with important considerations to be made by a PE planning to use this method.&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 3 covers contract management aspects. All aspects influencing effective contract management are discussed including appointment and roles of project manager; contract effectiveness; formulation of contract management plan; contract delivery follow up; and project progress monitoring and control. Others are preparation of payment certificates and managing payments to the contractor; delays in performance; initial and final acceptance of works; and contract close out. This part also covers management of stakeholders, communication, and relationships issues in the project. Furthermore this part covers claims management, dispute management and contractors’ performance evaluation. &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 4 is devoted to contract supervision and administration. It covers general requirements for contract supervision and administration, time control, quality control and cost control. Checklists to assist the Project Manager to ensure quality, cost and time objectives to be achieved are given. Additionally this part covers managing of variation orders and contract amendments, monitoring compliance with the laws of the country, and managing project closure.&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 5 covers Essential Field Construction Skills. In this chapter, a number of select essential field construction skills needs have been summarized for implementation of Water Supply and Sanitation Projects with a focus on Dam construction, Boreholes, Intakes, Storages tanks, Gravity mains and Water points&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''REFERENCES'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Malcolm N. Shaw 2008, International Law, Sixth Editor, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge UK.&lt;br /&gt;
Rocha Loures F &amp;amp; Rieu-Clarke A (eds) (2013). The UN Watercourses Convention in Force: Strengthening international law for Trans-boundary water management. Earth scan, Routledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SIWI (2015). International water law. Retrieved from: https://www.siwi.org/icwc-course-international-water-law &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
UNFCC (2015). Paris Agreement on climate change 2015. Retrieved from: https://unfccc.int/process-and-meetings/the-paris-agreement/the-paris-agreement &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
UNFCCC (2015). Paris Agreement. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). &lt;br /&gt;
United Nations (2015). Helping governments and stakeholders make the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) a reality. Retrieved from: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2000). The Tanzania Development Vision 2025. Ministry of Finance and Planning. https://www.mof.go.tz/mofdocs/overarch/vision2025.htm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2002). The National Water Policy (NAWAPO). United Republic of Tanzania (URT).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2008). The National Water Sector Development Strategy (NWSDS). United Republic of Tanzania.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2014). Guidelines for Construction of Toilets and Sanitation. Ministry of Health,&lt;br /&gt;
Community Development, Gender, Elderly and Children (MoHCDGEC).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2016). Five Year Development Plan (FYDP II), 2016/17 – 2020/21. Ministry of&lt;br /&gt;
Finance and Planning. Retrieved from:&lt;br /&gt;
https://mof.go.tz/mofdocs/msemaji/Five%202016_17_2020_21.pdf &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2016). The National Guidelines for Water, Sanitation and Hygiene for Tanzania&lt;br /&gt;
Schools. Ministry of Education, Science and Technology (MoEST).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2016). The Second Five Year Development Plan (FYDP II), 2016/17 – 2020/21.&lt;br /&gt;
Ministry of Finance and Planning.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://mof.go.tz/mofdocs/msemaji/Five%202016_17_2020_21.pdf.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
URT (2017). National Guidelines for Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in Health Care&lt;br /&gt;
Facilities. Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, Elderly and&lt;br /&gt;
Children (MoHCDGEC). NSGRP II &amp;amp; III &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wolf 1999, cited in https://www.siwi.org/icwc-course-international-water-law/ visited on 08, March, 2020.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
World Bank (2010). Water and Sanitation Public-Private Partnership Legal Resource&lt;br /&gt;
Centre. https://ppp.worldbank.org/public-private-partnership/sector/water-sanitation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[List of Abbreviations_III|List of Abbreviations]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[Chapter Two: procurement_process_for_water_supply_and_sanitation_projects|Chapter Two: procurement process for water supply and sanitation projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3247</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3247"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:39:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contract.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfomance.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evaluator's.PNG|700px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3246</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3246"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:39:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Progress Photos&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(insert Progress Photos below)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3245</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3245"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:38:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contract.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfomance.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evaluator's.PNG|700px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Evaluator%27s.PNG&amp;diff=3244</id>
		<title>File:Evaluator's.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Evaluator%27s.PNG&amp;diff=3244"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:38:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3243</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3243"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:37:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Progress Photos&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(insert Progress Photos below)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3242</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3242"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:36:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress Photos&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(insert Progress Photos below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3241</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3241"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:35:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress Photos&lt;br /&gt;
(insert Progress Photos below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Perfomance.jpg&amp;diff=3240</id>
		<title>File:Perfomance.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Perfomance.jpg&amp;diff=3240"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:34:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3239</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3239"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:34:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contract.jpg|700px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3238</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3238"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3237</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3237"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:33:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Performance evaluation system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Contract.jpg&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3236</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3236"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:31:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Contract.jpg&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3235</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3235"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_49.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Contract.jpg&amp;diff=3234</id>
		<title>File:Contract.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:Contract.jpg&amp;diff=3234"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:30:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3233</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3233"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:27:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3232</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3232"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:26:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-aling:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3231</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3231"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:25:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&lt;br /&gt;
Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3230</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6&amp;diff=3230"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:25:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;APPENDIX 6:  QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTING FORM&lt;br /&gt;
                 Quarterly Progress Report No….&lt;br /&gt;
Reporting Period: From…''[insert date]''………….To:…''[insert date]''………..&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_48.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;14&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:11px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Insert rows as appropriate where there are many entries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_50.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_51.PNG|700px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3229</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3229"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:19:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3228</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3228"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:18:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Appeal process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_54.PNG&amp;diff=3227</id>
		<title>File:App 54.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_54.PNG&amp;diff=3227"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:18:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3226</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3226"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:18:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Contractor response process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
1. Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_53.PNG&amp;diff=3225</id>
		<title>File:App 53.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_53.PNG&amp;diff=3225"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:18:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_51.PNG&amp;diff=3224</id>
		<title>File:App 51.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_51.PNG&amp;diff=3224"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_49.PNG&amp;diff=3223</id>
		<title>File:App 49.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_49.PNG&amp;diff=3223"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:17:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3222</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3222"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:17:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Impact of perfomance evaluation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.'''   A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.'''   Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.'''   A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''7.''' A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
1. Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_48.PNG&amp;diff=3221</id>
		<title>File:App 48.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_48.PNG&amp;diff=3221"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:17:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_50.PNG&amp;diff=3220</id>
		<title>File:App 50.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=File:App_50.PNG&amp;diff=3220"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T16:15:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3219</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3219"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:57:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Impact of perfomance evaluation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
1. Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3218</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3218"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:55:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 80-89% on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	for a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for an additional one (1) year term, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and Contractor. Costs for the extension shall be based on either: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 65-79% on the FINAL Performance Evaluation Form&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) 	may be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) 	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any additional extensions outside of the terms of the current Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of (50-64%) on the Final Performance Evaluation  &lt;br /&gt;
a)	may or may not be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to  the MINISTRY; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)	for multi-year Contracts, is not eligible for any extension terms within the current Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
c)	may be asked to demonstrate in writing or by other acceptable means that they have corrected all previously documented areas of “CAUTIONARY” OR LESS performance concerns to a standard satisfactory to the MINISTRY, prior to awarding any future Contracts. In addition, a list of new references may be requested by the MINISTRY for work completed by the Contractor since the date of the Performance Evaluation where a rating of CAUTIONARY” OR LESS was given in any category. The MINISTRY reserves the right, at its sole discretion not to award a Contract to any Contractor, for an indefinite period, that fails to provide satisfactory evidence of correcting any documented past performance concerns by the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
7. A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of less than 50%on the Final Performance Evaluation Form; &lt;br /&gt;
a)	shall not be considered a Responsible Bidder and shall be recommended for blacklisting by the Authority; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)	Shall not be considered for award of any contract by the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contractor response process=&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Contractor shall have seven working days to: &lt;br /&gt;
a.	Submit a written response to an Interim or Final Performance Evaluation and /or &lt;br /&gt;
b.	Submit a written request to appeal a Final Performance Evaluation rating. &lt;br /&gt;
If no response is received within the above noted timeframe the Evaluation rating shall be considered final. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appeal process= &lt;br /&gt;
1. Within ten (10) business days) of receiving an appeal response form in respect to a Final Performance Evaluation Form, the MINISTRY will conduct a full review of the appeal and render a final decision based on the appeal information.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. The MINISTRY may request additional information from the Contractor in order to conduct a full review.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3217</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3217"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:49:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) –''' A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Control (CQC) –''' The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Project Manager'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Design Engineer'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CQA Consultant''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage '''YYYY''' Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an '''Inspection Test Plan'''/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3216</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3216"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:43:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) –''' A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Control (CQC) –''' The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Project Manager'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Design Engineer'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CQA Consultant''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage '''YYYY''' Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an '''Inspection Test Plan'''/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3215</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3215"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:42:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) –''' A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Control (CQC) –''' The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Project Manager'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Design Engineer'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CQA Consultant''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage '''YYYY''' Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3214</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3214"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:41:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) –''' A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Control (CQC) –''' The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Project Manager'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Design Engineer'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CQA Consultant''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage YYYY Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3213</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3213"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:40:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* DEFINITIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) –''' A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
'''Construction Quality Control (CQC) –''' The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project Manager&amp;gt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design Engineer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CQA Consultant &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage YYYY Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3212</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3212"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:40:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* INTRODUCTION */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) – A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Control (CQC) – The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project Manager&amp;gt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design Engineer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CQA Consultant &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage YYYY Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3211</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3211"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:39:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* DEFINITIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) – A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Control (CQC) – The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project Manager&amp;gt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design Engineer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CQA Consultant &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage YYYY Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3210</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3210"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:34:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) – A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Control (CQC) – The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project Manager&amp;gt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design Engineer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CQA Consultant &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Plan must have cover page and Table of Content.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This role can be played by the Project Manager. However in large and complex projects another person may be appointed to take up this role.&lt;br /&gt;
other project components will be monitored and documented by the CQA Consultant. The CQA Consultant will be responsible for issuing a Final Certification Report containing CQA documentation sufficient to satisfy regulatory requirements and the requirements of this CQA Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contractor'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for the timely construction of the project, as detailed in the drawings and technical specification and in accordance with this CQA Plan. The Contractor is also responsible for the CQA. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Only materials meeting the requirements set forth in the Technical Specifications and drawings are used; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•The materials are installed in full conformance with the Technical Specifications and Design Drawings.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soil Testing Laboratory'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the performance of the CQA activities, the CQA Consultant may engage YYYY Accredited soils testing laboratory, independent from the contractor, subcontractors, or any material supplier or manufacturer. The testing laboratory will conduct tests on representative samples to evaluate their properties and compliance with the technical specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
==BREAKDOWN OF WORKS==&lt;br /&gt;
The works to be carried out under as given in the construction drawings, Bills of Quantities and Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Identify and give detail breakdown of project major work tasks e.g. concreting, formwork, reinforcement work, excavation, drilling and pipe laying e.tc.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WORKS INSPECTION AND TESTING==&lt;br /&gt;
Works shall be carried out as per prepared methods statements; works inspection at the site is to be conducted for each major work task using standard inspection checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project specification documents, agreed standards and guidelines to develop method statements and inspection checklist for each major work task.]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of enhancing monitoring of quality in daily activities, an Inspection Test Plan/schedule is prepared. The plan details the type of test/inspection for every activity in work schedule, test standard to be used, means of verification of the test, roles and responsibility of everyone involved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•[Use project work schedule, method statements and agreed standards and guidelines to develop Inspection Test Plan]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All inspections and tests at the site shall be conducted through guidance as provided in the Inspection Testing Plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DAILY REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION==&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
An effective CQA Plan recognizes all construction activities that should be monitored and assigns responsibility for monitoring each activity.. This is most accomplished and verified by the documentation of quality assurance activities. The CQA Consultant Manager will document that all quality assurance requirements have been satisfied. The CQA Manager Consultant will also maintain at the job site a complete file of construction drawings, technical specifications, CQA Plan, test procedures, daily logs and other pertinent documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Daily Record Keeping==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the inspection and testing schedule/plan to &lt;br /&gt;
Standard reporting procedures will include preparation of daily CQA documentation which, at a minimum, will consist of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Field notes, including memoranda of meetings and/or discussions with the Design Engineer or Project Manager;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• CQA consulting logs and testing data sheets; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Construction problems and solution summary sheets&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This information will be reviewed by the CQA Consultant, signed and transmitted to the Project Manager on a daily basis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Monitoring logs and testing data sheets will be prepared daily. At a minimum, these logs and data sheets will include the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Date, project name and other identification;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Data on weather conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A site plan showing work areas and locations selected for random CQA testing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Descriptions and locations of ongoing construction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of deliveries, condition, material roll numbers, description and locations of materials stores;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Equipment and personnel in each work areas;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Locations where in-site CQA tests and samples were taken;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of test results;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Calibration of test equipment;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• An identifying sheet number for cross referencing and document control;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Decisions made regarding acceptance of units of work and/or corrective actions to be taken; and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Signature of CQA Consultant Representative.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor will be informed by the CQA Consultant about any significant recurring non-conformance with the construction drawings, technical specifications, or CQA Plan. The cause of the non-conformance will be determined and appropriate changes in procedures or specifications may be recommended. These changes will be submitted to the design engineer for approval. When changes are made and approved, they will become part of the construction documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Photographic Records==&lt;br /&gt;
Photographs will be taken by the CQA Consultant and documented in order to serve as pictorial record of work progress, problems and mitigation activities. The basic file will contain colour prints and they will be identified with the date, time and location of the photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design and/or Specification Change==&lt;br /&gt;
Design and/or specification changes may be required during construction. In such cases, the CQA Consultant will notify the Design Engineer, the Project Manager and the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==REQUIREMENTS OF CQA VALIDATION REPORT==&lt;br /&gt;
At the completion of the work, the CQA Consultant will submit to the Project Manager a signed final certification report. This report will document that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work has been performed in compliance with the construction documents;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Physical sampling and testing has been conducted at the appropriate frequencies specified in the CQA Plan;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• The required CQA documentation has been completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum, this report will include&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Materials and equipment manufacturers quality control documentation;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary describing CQA activities and indicating compliance with the drawings and Technical Specifications;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• A summary of CQA testing, including failures, re-test results, non-conformances and corrective measures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Records of sample and re-sample locations, the name of the individual conducting the tests, and the results of the tests;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Daily inspection reports;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Progress photographs;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Any other relevant information; and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• As built drawings (See below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The as-built drawings must detail the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• (Give details to be included in the as-built drawings)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The validation report must contain a statement by the CQA Consultant that the works have been carried out in accordance with the CPA Plan (and specifications attached to it) and that the validation report (including the drawings and appendices) represents a fair and accurate record of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3209</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3209"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:30:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Impact of perfomance evaluation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.==&lt;br /&gt;
==Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. ==&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3208</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3208"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:25:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Impact of perfomance evaluation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract.==&lt;br /&gt;
==Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. ==&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)	Will be considered a Responsible Bidder for future similar Bid submissions to the MINISTRY.  ,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)	For a multi-year term Contract, the Contract may be extended for up to additional two (2) one (1) year terms, at the discretion of both the MINISTRY and the Contractor. Price adjustments for the extension shall be based on one of the following: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(i)	any inflationary contract annual increase r stated in the original contract  documents or &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)	the same costs as stated in a firm fixed price multi-year Contract. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where a contract document did not state or request any inflationary annual Contract increase or where the Contractor is not agreeable to continuing the contract at their prices within a firm fixed price multi-year Contract, the contract extension will not apply and the MINISTRY will move forward with a public invitation of new bids.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3207</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4&amp;diff=3207"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:22:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Performance evaluation system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:18px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== APPENDIX 4: Proposed Service Provider Performance Evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition == &lt;br /&gt;
“Contractor” means a contractor, supplier, consultant or service provider who has entered into a contract with the MINISTRY &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Performance Evaluation Form” means a form provided herein which shall be used to evaluate a contractor’s performance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Project Evaluator(s)” means one or more person(s) from the MINISTRY’s UD(s) and/or a consultant to MINISTRY, that will be evaluating the Contractor’s performance by completing Performance Evaluation Forms in accordance with this procedural document, as amended.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
“Disqualification” means the action that results when a Contractor receives a rating of “UNACCEPTABLE” on a Final Performance Evaluation form, subject to the terms and conditions of this document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure provides a framework for the MINISTRY to evaluate and improve the performance of all contractors that are sourced by the MINISTRY by; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a)pro-actively managing the performance of Contractors during the term of awarded Contracts; and &lt;br /&gt;
b)creating a record of past performance for use by the MINISTRY in determining the award for future solicitations and contracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Project Evaluator(s) may utilize this Contractor Performance Procedure for all contracts including but not limited to; invitational bids, single or sole source purchases, emergency purchases and wherever it is in the best interest of the MINISTRY. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== When to carry out performance evaluations == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Performance Evaluation shall be carried out within two (2) weeks of the following occurrences, depending on the type of good, service or construction ===&lt;br /&gt;
a)for Construction contracts; upon the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
b)for Consulting contracts; upon completion of the Contract; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c)for Goods; upon delivery and inspection of goods and/or after the expiry of any applicable deficiency;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d)for Services, upon completion of services and/or after the completion of deficiencies;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
e)for Vehicles and Equipment; upon delivery and inspection and/or after the expiration of the warranty period;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
f)upon termination of a Contract for any reason prior to the Contract end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interim == &lt;br /&gt;
Performance Evaluation shall be carried out at least every twelve (12) months for all Contracts with a term longer than one (1) year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performance evaluation system == &lt;br /&gt;
Contractors shall be assigned one of the following ratings to each category set out on the Performance Evaluation Form. A critical aspect of the assessment rating system described below is the second sentence of each rating that recognizes the Contractor's resourcefulness in overcoming challenges that arise in the context of Contract performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App_47.PNG|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_3]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact of perfomance evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contractor whose interim performance is rated CAUTIONARY OR BELOW, in any category, should be requested in writing, to provide, a written response and appropriate corrective action within an acceptable timeframe, in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the contract documents. Failure of the Contractor do so or if no satisfactory explanation is obtained, the MINISTRY may terminate the Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
5.2	Final Performance Evaluation shall be used by the MINISTRY for consideration of award of contracts. If a Final evaluation has not been completed at the time that a tender award is under review, an Interim evaluation, if available, may be used by the MINISTRY to: &lt;br /&gt;
a)	determine if a Bidder submitting a Bid is a Responsible Bidder, and/or &lt;br /&gt;
b)	to evaluate past performance in the submitted tender. &lt;br /&gt;
5.3	A Contractor that has received a TOTAL rating of 90-100% on the Contract’s Final Performance Evaluation Form:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3206</id>
		<title>DCOM Volume III Appendix 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_5&amp;diff=3206"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:17:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:16px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== INTRODUCTION ==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan is to detail the testing methods and quality assurance procedures for required Water supply and sanitation projects. The Project includes:&lt;br /&gt;
• (Narrate the Summarized details of the Project)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DEFINITIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the CQA Plan, the following terms are defined below:&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) – A planned system of activities that provide assurance that materials or construction activities are undertaken and installed as specified in the drawings and specifications&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Quality Control (CQC) – The process of measuring and controlling the characteristics of the item/product in order to meet the manufacturers or project specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
•(Give definition of other terms and materials used)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ROLES OF THE PARTICIPANTS ==&lt;br /&gt;
The participants and/or parties that have been identified as key personnel in the delivery of this project include, but are not necessarily limited to (Give the Positions of all key personnel in the project). The roles and responsibilities of the participants and/or parties are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
For example &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project Manager&amp;gt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the Construction, the Project Manager acting on behalf of the Employer, will serve as a single point of contact for the Design Engineer, Contractor and CQA Consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Design Engineer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The design engineering services for the XXXL will be provided by XXXL Consultants. The Design Engineer shall review and approve any proposed changes during construction. He shall also be responsible in specifying the materials to be incorporated in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CQA Consultant &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The CQA Consultant is an independent party not affiliated with the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. The CQA Consultant may be the Design Engineer. The CQA Consultant has the overall responsibility for managing, coordinating and implementing the CQA activities and confirming that the contractor’s construction quality control activities are performed in accordance with the CQA Plan, construction drawings and technical specifications. The critical activities related to the construction, manufacture and installation water pipes, water pumps and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previous Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_4]] &amp;lt;&amp;lt;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Next Page: [[DCOM_Volume_III_Appendix_6]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3205</id>
		<title>MASONRY AND PLASTER WORK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3205"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:01:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Mixing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Masonry and plaster work=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Scope==&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers the requirements for masonry work and plaster work.&lt;br /&gt;
==Masonry work==&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
====Bricks and blocks====&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be clay facing bricks manufactured locally.  The quality shall correspond to DIN 105.&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks shall be dense concrete blocks to DIN 18153 with a compressive strength of &amp;gt; 7.5 N/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  Bricks and blocks shall be hard, sound, square and clean with sharp well defined arises.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of brick and block and obtain approval before placing orders with suppliers.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Strength test certificates performed on the basis of appropriate DIN standards for all bricks and blocks shall also be submitted to the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Reinforcement====&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement for brickwork shall be in accordance with DIN 488, DIN 1045 and DIN 1053. Reinforcement for brickwork shall be Type I G or Type III U standard.  Reinforcement shall be detailed, stored and tested as specified under ‘Reinforcement for concrete.’&lt;br /&gt;
====Fixings====&lt;br /&gt;
Stainless steel for sheet, strip, plate and bars shall be '1.4302 E 23 quality to DIN 17440.&lt;br /&gt;
====Sand, Cement, Water====&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp coarse grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed in site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226.  The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compli-ance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mortar Mix====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry mortar for setting blocks and bricks shall be of the quality of Group III according to DIN 18550. The proportion shall be 1 part cement to 4 parts sand or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability. Mortar constituents shall be measured by volume, using clean gauge boxes made to size to suit volumes required. Gauge boxes shall be overfilled and excess material struck off with a straight edge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed in a mechanically operated mortar mixer for at least three minutes after all ingredients are in the drum, and at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of mortar by hand will be permitted only when the quality of hand mixing is comparable to mechanical mixing. The Engineer reserves the right to reject hand mixing and require all mixing to be by mechanical means.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be used within two hours of discharge from the mixer at normal temperature and on no account shall mortar be used after the initial set has taken place. Reconstitution of mortar will not be permitted.  Mortar boxes shall be cleaned out at the end of each day and all tools shall be kept clean.&lt;br /&gt;
Coloured mortar shall be mixed as specified using cement and sand in the above proportions with the addition ===Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
====General====&lt;br /&gt;
All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to lines and built to the thickness and bond required with courses level and joints and bond uniform.  Masonry shall be carried up in a uniform manner.  No one portion shall be raised more than a meter above adjacent portions, except with the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample panels 1 m2 shall be prepared for each type of facing brickwork/blockwork, including jointing or pointing, and the Contractor shall obtain approval before proceeding with the work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hot weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks and blocks shall be stacked on a level hardstanding so as to prevent the absorption or ingress of water. Suitable shading shall be provided to prevent high temperatures existing within the brick and block stacks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dry weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Clay brickwork and blockwork shall be kept wet to the minimum extent necessary to prevent mortar drying out prematurely.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wet weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Freshly laid brickwork/blockwork shall be protected during interruption through rain and at the completion of each day's work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facework shall be kept clean during construction and until practical completion.  Scaffold boards shall be kept clear of the building at night and during heavy rain.  Rubbing to remove stains will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
All bricks shall be wetted before being laid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clay bricks shall not be used until completely cold from the kiln.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facing bricks of varying colour shall be distributed evenly throughout the work so that no patches appear.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Different deliveries which vary in colour shall be mixed to avoid horizontal stripes.&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be carried up, including both skins of cavity work where applicable, with no portion more than 1.5 m above another at any time, racking back between levels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be gauged for four courses to 300 mm including joints.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar and all joints filled.  Bed and vertical joints shall be of equal and consistent thickness.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Solid bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar with joints filled solid to a consistent thickness not more than 12 mm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should single frogged bricks be permitted, they shall be laid with the frog upwards and these shall be filled with mortar. Double frogged bricks shall not be used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Courses shall be kept level and perpends vertical and in line.  Quoins and other angles shall be plumbed as the work proceeds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates shall be used for forming openings in face work where doors and windows are not built in at the time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork and blockwork abutting concrete columns, walls and beams shall be tied with stainless steel ties in accordance with the relevant references and as directed by the design.  Additional ties shall be supplied at openings. Walls which are to be fair face shall have selected bricks and blocks with perfect arises and flat surfaces and with faces in line.&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding====&lt;br /&gt;
Where not otherwise required, bricks throughout the work shall be laid with the cross joints in any course not less than a quarter of a brick from those in the course below.&lt;br /&gt;
All brick and blockwork shall be laid in a regular pattern to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Exposed Concrete Block====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block shall be laid in &amp;quot;stack&amp;quot; bond, unless otherwise indicated, with joints not exceeding 1.0 cm and uniform throughout and finished slightly concave and smooth, tool dense and neat (no finger pointing allowed).  All blocks shall be laid in a full bed of mortar applied to shells only.  Mortar shall be applied to the vertical joint of blocks already set in the wall and all contact faces of the unit to be set.  Each unit shall be placed and shoved against the block previously laid so as to produce a well-compacted vertical mortar joint for the full shell thickness.  Moisture contents of blocks shall not exceed 35 % when laid.  Intersection bearing walls shall be tied together with metal ties at one meter vertical spacing.  Bends of tie bars and reinforcing shall be embedded in cells filled with mortar.  Where indicated, concrete blocks shall be reinforced and concrete block lintel types shall be built in&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
All necessary block cutting shall be neatly done by saws.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control joints shall be installed at the intersection of block walls with structural concrete and elsewhere where such joints are useful.  Joints not detailed otherwise shall be raked out to a depth of 2 cm for the full height of the wall and caulked.  Maximum length between joints shall be 10 m.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joints are to be examined to locate cracks, holes or other defects and all such defects shall be filled with mortar and pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Blocks to be Plastered====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block walls to be plastered may be laid with bonds described above.  Joints are to be left rough to assist in bounding of plaster.  Otherwise, concrete block masonry shall conform to previous paragraph &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered block walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Brickwork====&lt;br /&gt;
Solid brick shall be laid in common bond with all joints filled solidly with mortar and backs fully purged to form solid masonry structures.  Joints of walls to receive plaster shall be lightly raked to provide a bond for plaster.  Solid brick shall be plastered only when so indicated on the approved drawings or required in the particular specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise brickwork masonry shall conform to the paragraph 4.2.2.3 &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered brick walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Lintels, Ties, Miscellaneous====&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall build in or provide all miscellaneous items to be set in masonry including frames, lintels, reinforcing steel, electrical boxes and fixtures, sleeves, grilles, anchors and other miscellaneous items.  All anchorage, attachments and bonding devices shall be set so as to prevent stoppage and shall be completely covered with mortar.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wired butterfly and double triangle type wall ties will not be permitted in any wall.  Wall ties shall be stainless steel strip, but of a twist type for the leaves of any cavity walls.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Padstones shall be bedded in mortar of the same strength as the adjacent wall, to give a level top surface.&lt;br /&gt;
====Grouting====&lt;br /&gt;
Grout and cement mortar for setting structural steel columns, railings, frames in walls and where otherwise required shall be done with mortar as hereinbefore specified.  Before placing grout thoroughly clean all surfaces.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Grout shall be tamped into place with a blunt tool to fill the entire void. In the event space does not permit tamping, the Contractor shall build the necessary forms and place grout by pouring from one side only.  When grout is placed by pouring a head of grout shall be maintained in the form.  Grout shall be kept wet for three days and after the temporary supports adjusting wedges are removed the empty space shall be grouted and the surrounding grout pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Cleaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry work, to be exposed, shall be thoroughly cleaned.  Mortar smears and droppings on concrete block walls shall be dry before removal with a trowel.  Masonry work may be cleaned using a mild muriatic acid solution.&lt;br /&gt;
====Damp-proof Courses====&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum requirement, damp-proof courses shall be in accordance with DIN 4117 and DIN 4122.&lt;br /&gt;
Bituminous sheet damp-proof courses shall be laid on a level bed of cement mortar with a minimum lap of 75 mm at angles and joints and neatly pointed in matching mortar on exposed edges.  Horizontal and sloping damp-proof coursing over door openings shall be in single pieces of material of a length to extend 225 mm at both sides beyond the width of the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
====Waterproof Building Paper====&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof building paper shall be laid beneath structural concrete.  The paper shall be laid with 150 mm lapped joints which shall be treated and sealed with an approved bituminous solution.  The weight of the paper shall not be less than 0.3 kg/m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Measurement for Payment====&lt;br /&gt;
Not used&lt;br /&gt;
==Rendering and Plastering==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
The work required under this Specification shall include all labour, materials, equipment, scaffolding etc., required to complete all internal and external pl&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;astering specified herein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion, all surfaces shall be left in a neat and clean condition before handing over&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Materials, workmanship and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of DIN 18550.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall not be started or continued when the air temperature exceeds 400C.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp course grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed on site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226. The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compliance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
===Mixing===&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with proportions according to DIN 18550.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster constituents shall be measured by volume.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed in a mechanically operated plaster mixer at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of plaster by hand shall not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
Bunkers, gauge boxes, gauging boards, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned after each mix.&lt;br /&gt;
Mixer drums shall be thoroughly washed out at least four times a day if the mixer is in continuous use, and after each batch if not in continuous use. All tools shall be kept clean, and care taken to ensure that fresh plaster is not contaminated with set plaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
Surfaces that are to receive plaster shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and any unsatisfactory surface shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where finished surfaces such as tile, lighting or other fixtures have been installed prior to plastering they shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining building paper or polyethylene sheet. Protection shall be removed when plaster work is completed.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete masonry and brick surfaces shall have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond and shall be dampened by brushing or spraying with water followed by plastering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Finish===&lt;br /&gt;
Finishing coats shall be trowelled to a smooth and even finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances===&lt;br /&gt;
All surfaces shall be true to line, level, plumb and all junctions, angles and arises truly square. On two or three coat work, the plaster surface shall not show any deviation greater than specified in DIN 1 8202 for accuracy class B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connection of Work===&lt;br /&gt;
Completion of work shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Curing:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cement sand plasters shall be kept moist by sprinkling with water at regular intervals for a period of at least three days and until no powdery particles are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall plan his work such that rendering and plastering work is not carried out at extreme temperatures.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Defects:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall be free of all defects, and any work which shows signs of blistering, bond failure, hollow patches, flaking, peeling, cracking, crazing, grinning, tool marks, discolouration or any other defects will not be accepted, and shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the work, all plaster surfaces shall be cleaned and all rubbish, debris and excess material and equipment shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Thickness and Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
All plaster shall be applied according to the following thicknesses.  Additional thickness will be required for any unevenness in the masonry surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location	Thickness of Coat (mm)	Total Thickness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	First	Intermediate	Finish	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ceiling	  15	-	10	25        &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Interior Wall	10	6	4	20&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exterior Wall	10	9	6	25&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be of two or three coats: first, intermediate and finish coats.  If plaster is to be applied to a smooth cement or other surface which does not offer bonding characteristics for plaster, a dash coat shall be required as a bonding surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dash coats shall be of mush consistency, composed of 1 part Portland cement and 1.5 parts of sand.&lt;br /&gt;
The dash coat shall be applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, in a whipping manner.  The dash coat shall be kept moist for 48 hours before first coat is applied to the dash coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First coats shall cover the full length of the wall or to the border line formed by columns, doors and windows.  Before the first coat hardens the surface shall be scratched to provide a mechanical key for the intermediate coat.  This coat shall be kept moist for not less than 24 hours and allowed to set for not less than 14 days before application of the intermediate coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before application of the intermediate coat, the surface of the first coat shall be dampened.  The surface of the intermediate coat shall be brought to a true and even surface, then roughened with a wood float before setting to provide a bond for the finish coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finishing coat shall be applied while the intermediate coat is moist and if the intermediate coat dries out it shall be wetted evenly.  The finishing coat shall be first floated to a true and even surface, then trowelled in a manner that the sand particles are not exposed on the surface and with the final troweling, leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from rough areas, trowel marks,  checks, or other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
Before applying the plaster to ceilings, the surface of the ceiling shall be dampened and the cement paste applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, to the entire ceiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final plaster layer shall be applied to the ceiling slab tamping it with wood float until the cement paste is squeezed up through the surface of the plaster and finally troweled to an even surface leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from trowel marks, checks and other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Waterproof===&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof plaster shall consist of plaster water¬proofing compound, cement and sand mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specification.&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproofing compound shall be paste, powder or liquid made by a manufacturer engaged in the mass production of such items and shall be approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measurement for Payment===&lt;br /&gt;
Not used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3204</id>
		<title>MASONRY AND PLASTER WORK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3204"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Brickwork */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Masonry and plaster work=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Scope==&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers the requirements for masonry work and plaster work.&lt;br /&gt;
==Masonry work==&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
====Bricks and blocks====&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be clay facing bricks manufactured locally.  The quality shall correspond to DIN 105.&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks shall be dense concrete blocks to DIN 18153 with a compressive strength of &amp;gt; 7.5 N/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  Bricks and blocks shall be hard, sound, square and clean with sharp well defined arises.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of brick and block and obtain approval before placing orders with suppliers.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Strength test certificates performed on the basis of appropriate DIN standards for all bricks and blocks shall also be submitted to the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Reinforcement====&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement for brickwork shall be in accordance with DIN 488, DIN 1045 and DIN 1053. Reinforcement for brickwork shall be Type I G or Type III U standard.  Reinforcement shall be detailed, stored and tested as specified under ‘Reinforcement for concrete.’&lt;br /&gt;
====Fixings====&lt;br /&gt;
Stainless steel for sheet, strip, plate and bars shall be '1.4302 E 23 quality to DIN 17440.&lt;br /&gt;
====Sand, Cement, Water====&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp coarse grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed in site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226.  The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compli-ance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mortar Mix====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry mortar for setting blocks and bricks shall be of the quality of Group III according to DIN 18550. The proportion shall be 1 part cement to 4 parts sand or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability. Mortar constituents shall be measured by volume, using clean gauge boxes made to size to suit volumes required. Gauge boxes shall be overfilled and excess material struck off with a straight edge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed in a mechanically operated mortar mixer for at least three minutes after all ingredients are in the drum, and at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of mortar by hand will be permitted only when the quality of hand mixing is comparable to mechanical mixing. The Engineer reserves the right to reject hand mixing and require all mixing to be by mechanical means.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be used within two hours of discharge from the mixer at normal temperature and on no account shall mortar be used after the initial set has taken place. Reconstitution of mortar will not be permitted.  Mortar boxes shall be cleaned out at the end of each day and all tools shall be kept clean.&lt;br /&gt;
Coloured mortar shall be mixed as specified using cement and sand in the above proportions with the addition ===Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
====General====&lt;br /&gt;
All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to lines and built to the thickness and bond required with courses level and joints and bond uniform.  Masonry shall be carried up in a uniform manner.  No one portion shall be raised more than a meter above adjacent portions, except with the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample panels 1 m2 shall be prepared for each type of facing brickwork/blockwork, including jointing or pointing, and the Contractor shall obtain approval before proceeding with the work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hot weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks and blocks shall be stacked on a level hardstanding so as to prevent the absorption or ingress of water. Suitable shading shall be provided to prevent high temperatures existing within the brick and block stacks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dry weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Clay brickwork and blockwork shall be kept wet to the minimum extent necessary to prevent mortar drying out prematurely.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wet weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Freshly laid brickwork/blockwork shall be protected during interruption through rain and at the completion of each day's work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facework shall be kept clean during construction and until practical completion.  Scaffold boards shall be kept clear of the building at night and during heavy rain.  Rubbing to remove stains will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
All bricks shall be wetted before being laid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clay bricks shall not be used until completely cold from the kiln.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facing bricks of varying colour shall be distributed evenly throughout the work so that no patches appear.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Different deliveries which vary in colour shall be mixed to avoid horizontal stripes.&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be carried up, including both skins of cavity work where applicable, with no portion more than 1.5 m above another at any time, racking back between levels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be gauged for four courses to 300 mm including joints.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar and all joints filled.  Bed and vertical joints shall be of equal and consistent thickness.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Solid bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar with joints filled solid to a consistent thickness not more than 12 mm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should single frogged bricks be permitted, they shall be laid with the frog upwards and these shall be filled with mortar. Double frogged bricks shall not be used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Courses shall be kept level and perpends vertical and in line.  Quoins and other angles shall be plumbed as the work proceeds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates shall be used for forming openings in face work where doors and windows are not built in at the time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork and blockwork abutting concrete columns, walls and beams shall be tied with stainless steel ties in accordance with the relevant references and as directed by the design.  Additional ties shall be supplied at openings. Walls which are to be fair face shall have selected bricks and blocks with perfect arises and flat surfaces and with faces in line.&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding====&lt;br /&gt;
Where not otherwise required, bricks throughout the work shall be laid with the cross joints in any course not less than a quarter of a brick from those in the course below.&lt;br /&gt;
All brick and blockwork shall be laid in a regular pattern to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Exposed Concrete Block====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block shall be laid in &amp;quot;stack&amp;quot; bond, unless otherwise indicated, with joints not exceeding 1.0 cm and uniform throughout and finished slightly concave and smooth, tool dense and neat (no finger pointing allowed).  All blocks shall be laid in a full bed of mortar applied to shells only.  Mortar shall be applied to the vertical joint of blocks already set in the wall and all contact faces of the unit to be set.  Each unit shall be placed and shoved against the block previously laid so as to produce a well-compacted vertical mortar joint for the full shell thickness.  Moisture contents of blocks shall not exceed 35 % when laid.  Intersection bearing walls shall be tied together with metal ties at one meter vertical spacing.  Bends of tie bars and reinforcing shall be embedded in cells filled with mortar.  Where indicated, concrete blocks shall be reinforced and concrete block lintel types shall be built in&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
All necessary block cutting shall be neatly done by saws.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control joints shall be installed at the intersection of block walls with structural concrete and elsewhere where such joints are useful.  Joints not detailed otherwise shall be raked out to a depth of 2 cm for the full height of the wall and caulked.  Maximum length between joints shall be 10 m.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joints are to be examined to locate cracks, holes or other defects and all such defects shall be filled with mortar and pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Blocks to be Plastered====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block walls to be plastered may be laid with bonds described above.  Joints are to be left rough to assist in bounding of plaster.  Otherwise, concrete block masonry shall conform to previous paragraph &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered block walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Brickwork====&lt;br /&gt;
Solid brick shall be laid in common bond with all joints filled solidly with mortar and backs fully purged to form solid masonry structures.  Joints of walls to receive plaster shall be lightly raked to provide a bond for plaster.  Solid brick shall be plastered only when so indicated on the approved drawings or required in the particular specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise brickwork masonry shall conform to the paragraph 4.2.2.3 &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered brick walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Lintels, Ties, Miscellaneous====&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall build in or provide all miscellaneous items to be set in masonry including frames, lintels, reinforcing steel, electrical boxes and fixtures, sleeves, grilles, anchors and other miscellaneous items.  All anchorage, attachments and bonding devices shall be set so as to prevent stoppage and shall be completely covered with mortar.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wired butterfly and double triangle type wall ties will not be permitted in any wall.  Wall ties shall be stainless steel strip, but of a twist type for the leaves of any cavity walls.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Padstones shall be bedded in mortar of the same strength as the adjacent wall, to give a level top surface.&lt;br /&gt;
====Grouting====&lt;br /&gt;
Grout and cement mortar for setting structural steel columns, railings, frames in walls and where otherwise required shall be done with mortar as hereinbefore specified.  Before placing grout thoroughly clean all surfaces.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Grout shall be tamped into place with a blunt tool to fill the entire void. In the event space does not permit tamping, the Contractor shall build the necessary forms and place grout by pouring from one side only.  When grout is placed by pouring a head of grout shall be maintained in the form.  Grout shall be kept wet for three days and after the temporary supports adjusting wedges are removed the empty space shall be grouted and the surrounding grout pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Cleaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry work, to be exposed, shall be thoroughly cleaned.  Mortar smears and droppings on concrete block walls shall be dry before removal with a trowel.  Masonry work may be cleaned using a mild muriatic acid solution.&lt;br /&gt;
====Damp-proof Courses====&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum requirement, damp-proof courses shall be in accordance with DIN 4117 and DIN 4122.&lt;br /&gt;
Bituminous sheet damp-proof courses shall be laid on a level bed of cement mortar with a minimum lap of 75 mm at angles and joints and neatly pointed in matching mortar on exposed edges.  Horizontal and sloping damp-proof coursing over door openings shall be in single pieces of material of a length to extend 225 mm at both sides beyond the width of the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
====Waterproof Building Paper====&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof building paper shall be laid beneath structural concrete.  The paper shall be laid with 150 mm lapped joints which shall be treated and sealed with an approved bituminous solution.  The weight of the paper shall not be less than 0.3 kg/m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Measurement for Payment====&lt;br /&gt;
Not used&lt;br /&gt;
==Rendering and Plastering==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
The work required under this Specification shall include all labour, materials, equipment, scaffolding etc., required to complete all internal and external pl&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;astering specified herein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion, all surfaces shall be left in a neat and clean condition before handing over&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Materials, workmanship and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of DIN 18550.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall not be started or continued when the air temperature exceeds 400C.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp course grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed on site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226. The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compliance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
===Mixing===&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with proportions according to DIN 18550.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster constituents shall be measured by volume.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed in a mechanically operated plaster mixer at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of plaster by hand shall not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
Bunkers, gauge boxes, gauging boards, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned after each mix.&lt;br /&gt;
Mixer drums shall be thoroughly washed out at least four times a day if the mixer is in continuous use, and after each batch if not in continuous use. All tools shall be kept clean, and care taken to ensure that fresh plaster is not contaminated with set plaster.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.4	Preparation&lt;br /&gt;
Surfaces that are to receive plaster shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and any unsatisfactory surface shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Where finished surfaces such as tile, lighting or other fixtures have been installed prior to plastering they shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining building paper or polyethylene sheet. Protection shall be removed when plaster work is completed.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete masonry and brick surfaces shall have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond and shall be dampened by brushing or spraying with water followed by plastering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Finish===&lt;br /&gt;
Finishing coats shall be trowelled to a smooth and even finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances===&lt;br /&gt;
All surfaces shall be true to line, level, plumb and all junctions, angles and arises truly square. On two or three coat work, the plaster surface shall not show any deviation greater than specified in DIN 1 8202 for accuracy class B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connection of Work===&lt;br /&gt;
Completion of work shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Curing:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cement sand plasters shall be kept moist by sprinkling with water at regular intervals for a period of at least three days and until no powdery particles are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall plan his work such that rendering and plastering work is not carried out at extreme temperatures.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Defects:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall be free of all defects, and any work which shows signs of blistering, bond failure, hollow patches, flaking, peeling, cracking, crazing, grinning, tool marks, discolouration or any other defects will not be accepted, and shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the work, all plaster surfaces shall be cleaned and all rubbish, debris and excess material and equipment shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Thickness and Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
All plaster shall be applied according to the following thicknesses.  Additional thickness will be required for any unevenness in the masonry surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location	Thickness of Coat (mm)	Total Thickness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	First	Intermediate	Finish	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ceiling	  15	-	10	25        &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Interior Wall	10	6	4	20&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exterior Wall	10	9	6	25&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be of two or three coats: first, intermediate and finish coats.  If plaster is to be applied to a smooth cement or other surface which does not offer bonding characteristics for plaster, a dash coat shall be required as a bonding surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dash coats shall be of mush consistency, composed of 1 part Portland cement and 1.5 parts of sand.&lt;br /&gt;
The dash coat shall be applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, in a whipping manner.  The dash coat shall be kept moist for 48 hours before first coat is applied to the dash coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First coats shall cover the full length of the wall or to the border line formed by columns, doors and windows.  Before the first coat hardens the surface shall be scratched to provide a mechanical key for the intermediate coat.  This coat shall be kept moist for not less than 24 hours and allowed to set for not less than 14 days before application of the intermediate coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before application of the intermediate coat, the surface of the first coat shall be dampened.  The surface of the intermediate coat shall be brought to a true and even surface, then roughened with a wood float before setting to provide a bond for the finish coat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finishing coat shall be applied while the intermediate coat is moist and if the intermediate coat dries out it shall be wetted evenly.  The finishing coat shall be first floated to a true and even surface, then trowelled in a manner that the sand particles are not exposed on the surface and with the final troweling, leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from rough areas, trowel marks,  checks, or other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
Before applying the plaster to ceilings, the surface of the ceiling shall be dampened and the cement paste applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, to the entire ceiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final plaster layer shall be applied to the ceiling slab tamping it with wood float until the cement paste is squeezed up through the surface of the plaster and finally troweled to an even surface leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from trowel marks, checks and other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Waterproof===&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof plaster shall consist of plaster water¬proofing compound, cement and sand mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specification.&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproofing compound shall be paste, powder or liquid made by a manufacturer engaged in the mass production of such items and shall be approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Measurement for Payment===&lt;br /&gt;
Not used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3203</id>
		<title>MASONRY AND PLASTER WORK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3203"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T15:00:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Brickwork */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Masonry and plaster work=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Scope==&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers the requirements for masonry work and plaster work.&lt;br /&gt;
==Masonry work==&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
====Bricks and blocks====&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be clay facing bricks manufactured locally.  The quality shall correspond to DIN 105.&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks shall be dense concrete blocks to DIN 18153 with a compressive strength of &amp;gt; 7.5 N/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  Bricks and blocks shall be hard, sound, square and clean with sharp well defined arises.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of brick and block and obtain approval before placing orders with suppliers.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Strength test certificates performed on the basis of appropriate DIN standards for all bricks and blocks shall also be submitted to the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Reinforcement====&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement for brickwork shall be in accordance with DIN 488, DIN 1045 and DIN 1053. Reinforcement for brickwork shall be Type I G or Type III U standard.  Reinforcement shall be detailed, stored and tested as specified under ‘Reinforcement for concrete.’&lt;br /&gt;
====Fixings====&lt;br /&gt;
Stainless steel for sheet, strip, plate and bars shall be '1.4302 E 23 quality to DIN 17440.&lt;br /&gt;
====Sand, Cement, Water====&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp coarse grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed in site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226.  The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compli-ance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mortar Mix====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry mortar for setting blocks and bricks shall be of the quality of Group III according to DIN 18550. The proportion shall be 1 part cement to 4 parts sand or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability. Mortar constituents shall be measured by volume, using clean gauge boxes made to size to suit volumes required. Gauge boxes shall be overfilled and excess material struck off with a straight edge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed in a mechanically operated mortar mixer for at least three minutes after all ingredients are in the drum, and at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of mortar by hand will be permitted only when the quality of hand mixing is comparable to mechanical mixing. The Engineer reserves the right to reject hand mixing and require all mixing to be by mechanical means.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be used within two hours of discharge from the mixer at normal temperature and on no account shall mortar be used after the initial set has taken place. Reconstitution of mortar will not be permitted.  Mortar boxes shall be cleaned out at the end of each day and all tools shall be kept clean.&lt;br /&gt;
Coloured mortar shall be mixed as specified using cement and sand in the above proportions with the addition ===Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
====General====&lt;br /&gt;
All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to lines and built to the thickness and bond required with courses level and joints and bond uniform.  Masonry shall be carried up in a uniform manner.  No one portion shall be raised more than a meter above adjacent portions, except with the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample panels 1 m2 shall be prepared for each type of facing brickwork/blockwork, including jointing or pointing, and the Contractor shall obtain approval before proceeding with the work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hot weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks and blocks shall be stacked on a level hardstanding so as to prevent the absorption or ingress of water. Suitable shading shall be provided to prevent high temperatures existing within the brick and block stacks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dry weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Clay brickwork and blockwork shall be kept wet to the minimum extent necessary to prevent mortar drying out prematurely.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wet weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Freshly laid brickwork/blockwork shall be protected during interruption through rain and at the completion of each day's work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facework shall be kept clean during construction and until practical completion.  Scaffold boards shall be kept clear of the building at night and during heavy rain.  Rubbing to remove stains will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
All bricks shall be wetted before being laid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clay bricks shall not be used until completely cold from the kiln.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facing bricks of varying colour shall be distributed evenly throughout the work so that no patches appear.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Different deliveries which vary in colour shall be mixed to avoid horizontal stripes.&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be carried up, including both skins of cavity work where applicable, with no portion more than 1.5 m above another at any time, racking back between levels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be gauged for four courses to 300 mm including joints.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar and all joints filled.  Bed and vertical joints shall be of equal and consistent thickness.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Solid bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar with joints filled solid to a consistent thickness not more than 12 mm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should single frogged bricks be permitted, they shall be laid with the frog upwards and these shall be filled with mortar. Double frogged bricks shall not be used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Courses shall be kept level and perpends vertical and in line.  Quoins and other angles shall be plumbed as the work proceeds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates shall be used for forming openings in face work where doors and windows are not built in at the time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork and blockwork abutting concrete columns, walls and beams shall be tied with stainless steel ties in accordance with the relevant references and as directed by the design.  Additional ties shall be supplied at openings. Walls which are to be fair face shall have selected bricks and blocks with perfect arises and flat surfaces and with faces in line.&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding====&lt;br /&gt;
Where not otherwise required, bricks throughout the work shall be laid with the cross joints in any course not less than a quarter of a brick from those in the course below.&lt;br /&gt;
All brick and blockwork shall be laid in a regular pattern to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Exposed Concrete Block====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block shall be laid in &amp;quot;stack&amp;quot; bond, unless otherwise indicated, with joints not exceeding 1.0 cm and uniform throughout and finished slightly concave and smooth, tool dense and neat (no finger pointing allowed).  All blocks shall be laid in a full bed of mortar applied to shells only.  Mortar shall be applied to the vertical joint of blocks already set in the wall and all contact faces of the unit to be set.  Each unit shall be placed and shoved against the block previously laid so as to produce a well-compacted vertical mortar joint for the full shell thickness.  Moisture contents of blocks shall not exceed 35 % when laid.  Intersection bearing walls shall be tied together with metal ties at one meter vertical spacing.  Bends of tie bars and reinforcing shall be embedded in cells filled with mortar.  Where indicated, concrete blocks shall be reinforced and concrete block lintel types shall be built in&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
All necessary block cutting shall be neatly done by saws.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control joints shall be installed at the intersection of block walls with structural concrete and elsewhere where such joints are useful.  Joints not detailed otherwise shall be raked out to a depth of 2 cm for the full height of the wall and caulked.  Maximum length between joints shall be 10 m.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joints are to be examined to locate cracks, holes or other defects and all such defects shall be filled with mortar and pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Blocks to be Plastered====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block walls to be plastered may be laid with bonds described above.  Joints are to be left rough to assist in bounding of plaster.  Otherwise, concrete block masonry shall conform to previous paragraph &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered block walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Brickwork====&lt;br /&gt;
Solid brick shall be laid in common bond with all joints filled solidly with mortar and backs fully purged to form solid masonry structures.  Joints of walls to receive plaster shall be lightly raked to provide a bond for plaster.  Solid brick shall be plastered only when so indicated on the approved drawings or required in the particular specifications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise brickwork masonry shall conform to the paragraph 4.2.2.3 &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered brick walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Lintels, Ties, Miscellaneous====&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall build in or provide all miscellaneous items to be set in masonry including frames, lintels, reinforcing steel, electrical boxes and fixtures, sleeves, grilles, anchors and other miscellaneous items.  All anchorage, attachments and bonding devices shall be set so as to prevent stoppage and shall be completely covered with mortar.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wired butterfly and double triangle type wall ties will not be permitted in any wall.  Wall ties shall be stainless steel strip, but of a twist type for the leaves of any cavity walls.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Padstones shall be bedded in mortar of the same strength as the adjacent wall, to give a level top surface.&lt;br /&gt;
====Grouting====&lt;br /&gt;
Grout and cement mortar for setting structural steel columns, railings, frames in walls and where otherwise required shall be done with mortar as hereinbefore specified.  Before placing grout thoroughly clean all surfaces.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Grout shall be tamped into place with a blunt tool to fill the entire void. In the event space does not permit tamping, the Contractor shall build the necessary forms and place grout by pouring from one side only.  When grout is placed by pouring a head of grout shall be maintained in the form.  Grout shall be kept wet for three days and after the temporary supports adjusting wedges are removed the empty space shall be grouted and the surrounding grout pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Cleaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry work, to be exposed, shall be thoroughly cleaned.  Mortar smears and droppings on concrete block walls shall be dry before removal with a trowel.  Masonry work may be cleaned using a mild muriatic acid solution.&lt;br /&gt;
====Damp-proof Courses====&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum requirement, damp-proof courses shall be in accordance with DIN 4117 and DIN 4122.&lt;br /&gt;
Bituminous sheet damp-proof courses shall be laid on a level bed of cement mortar with a minimum lap of 75 mm at angles and joints and neatly pointed in matching mortar on exposed edges.  Horizontal and sloping damp-proof coursing over door openings shall be in single pieces of material of a length to extend 225 mm at both sides beyond the width of the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
====Waterproof Building Paper====&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof building paper shall be laid beneath structural concrete.  The paper shall be laid with 150 mm lapped joints which shall be treated and sealed with an approved bituminous solution.  The weight of the paper shall not be less than 0.3 kg/m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Measurement for Payment====&lt;br /&gt;
Not used&lt;br /&gt;
==Rendering and Plastering==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
The work required under this Specification shall include all labour, materials, equipment, scaffolding etc., required to complete all internal and external pl&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;astering specified herein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion, all surfaces shall be left in a neat and clean condition before handing over&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Materials, workmanship and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of DIN 18550.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall not be started or continued when the air temperature exceeds 400C.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp course grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed on site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226. The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compliance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
===Mixing===&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with proportions according to DIN 18550.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster constituents shall be measured by volume.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed in a mechanically operated plaster mixer at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of plaster by hand shall not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
Bunkers, gauge boxes, gauging boards, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned after each mix.&lt;br /&gt;
Mixer drums shall be thoroughly washed out at least four times a day if the mixer is in continuous use, and after each batch if not in continuous use. All tools shall be kept clean, and care taken to ensure that fresh plaster is not contaminated with set plaster.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.4	Preparation&lt;br /&gt;
Surfaces that are to receive plaster shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and any unsatisfactory surface shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Where finished surfaces such as tile, lighting or other fixtures have been installed prior to plastering they shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining building paper or polyethylene sheet. Protection shall be removed when plaster work is completed.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete masonry and brick surfaces shall have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond and shall be dampened by brushing or spraying with water followed by plastering.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.5	Finish&lt;br /&gt;
Finishing coats shall be trowelled to a smooth and even finish.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.6	Tolerances&lt;br /&gt;
All surfaces shall be true to line, level, plumb and all junctions, angles and arises truly square. On two or three coat work, the plaster surface shall not show any deviation greater than specified in DIN 1 8202 for accuracy class B.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.7	Connection of Work&lt;br /&gt;
Completion of work shall be as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
Curing:&lt;br /&gt;
Cement sand plasters shall be kept moist by sprinkling with water at regular intervals for a period of at least three days and until no powdery particles are present.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall plan his work such that rendering and plastering work is not carried out at extreme temperatures.&lt;br /&gt;
Defects:&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall be free of all defects, and any work which shows signs of blistering, bond failure, hollow patches, flaking, peeling, cracking, crazing, grinning, tool marks, discolouration or any other defects will not be accepted, and shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the work, all plaster surfaces shall be cleaned and all rubbish, debris and excess material and equipment shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.8	Thickness and Workmanship&lt;br /&gt;
All plaster shall be applied according to the following thicknesses.  Additional thickness will be required for any unevenness in the masonry surface.&lt;br /&gt;
Location	Thickness of Coat (mm)	Total Thickness&lt;br /&gt;
	First	Intermediate	Finish	&lt;br /&gt;
Ceiling	15	-	10	25&lt;br /&gt;
Interior Wall	10	6	4	20&lt;br /&gt;
Exterior Wall	10	9	6	25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be of two or three coats: first, intermediate and finish coats.  If plaster is to be applied to a smooth cement or other surface which does not offer bonding characteristics for plaster, a dash coat shall be required as a bonding surface.&lt;br /&gt;
Dash coats shall be of mush consistency, composed of 1 part Portland cement and 1.5 parts of sand.&lt;br /&gt;
The dash coat shall be applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, in a whipping manner.  The dash coat shall be kept moist for 48 hours before first coat is applied to the dash coat.&lt;br /&gt;
First coats shall cover the full length of the wall or to the border line formed by columns, doors and windows.  Before the first coat hardens the surface shall be scratched to provide a mechanical key for the intermediate coat.  This coat shall be kept moist for not less than 24 hours and allowed to set for not less than 14 days before application of the intermediate coat.&lt;br /&gt;
Before application of the intermediate coat, the surface of the first coat shall be dampened.  The surface of the intermediate coat shall be brought to a true and even surface, then roughened with a wood float before setting to provide a bond for the finish coat.&lt;br /&gt;
The finishing coat shall be applied while the intermediate coat is moist and if the intermediate coat dries out it shall be wetted evenly.  The finishing coat shall be first floated to a true and even surface, then trowelled in a manner that the sand particles are not exposed on the surface and with the final troweling, leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from rough areas, trowel marks,  checks, or other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
Before applying the plaster to ceilings, the surface of the ceiling shall be dampened and the cement paste applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, to the entire ceiling.&lt;br /&gt;
The final plaster layer shall be applied to the ceiling slab tamping it with wood float until the cement paste is squeezed up through the surface of the plaster and finally troweled to an even surface leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from trowel marks, checks and other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.9	Waterproof&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof plaster shall consist of plaster water¬proofing compound, cement and sand mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specification.&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproofing compound shall be paste, powder or liquid made by a manufacturer engaged in the mass production of such items and shall be approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.10	Measurement for Payment&lt;br /&gt;
Not used.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3202</id>
		<title>MASONRY AND PLASTER WORK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=MASONRY_AND_PLASTER_WORK&amp;diff=3202"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T14:55:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Masonry and plaster work=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align:justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Scope==&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers the requirements for masonry work and plaster work.&lt;br /&gt;
==Masonry work==&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
====Bricks and blocks====&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be clay facing bricks manufactured locally.  The quality shall correspond to DIN 105.&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks shall be dense concrete blocks to DIN 18153 with a compressive strength of &amp;gt; 7.5 N/mm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.  Bricks and blocks shall be hard, sound, square and clean with sharp well defined arises.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of brick and block and obtain approval before placing orders with suppliers.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Strength test certificates performed on the basis of appropriate DIN standards for all bricks and blocks shall also be submitted to the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Reinforcement====&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement for brickwork shall be in accordance with DIN 488, DIN 1045 and DIN 1053. Reinforcement for brickwork shall be Type I G or Type III U standard.  Reinforcement shall be detailed, stored and tested as specified under ‘Reinforcement for concrete.’&lt;br /&gt;
====Fixings====&lt;br /&gt;
Stainless steel for sheet, strip, plate and bars shall be '1.4302 E 23 quality to DIN 17440.&lt;br /&gt;
====Sand, Cement, Water====&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp coarse grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed in site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226.  The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compli-ance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mortar Mix====&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry mortar for setting blocks and bricks shall be of the quality of Group III according to DIN 18550. The proportion shall be 1 part cement to 4 parts sand or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability. Mortar constituents shall be measured by volume, using clean gauge boxes made to size to suit volumes required. Gauge boxes shall be overfilled and excess material struck off with a straight edge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be mixed in a mechanically operated mortar mixer for at least three minutes after all ingredients are in the drum, and at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of mortar by hand will be permitted only when the quality of hand mixing is comparable to mechanical mixing. The Engineer reserves the right to reject hand mixing and require all mixing to be by mechanical means.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mortar shall be used within two hours of discharge from the mixer at normal temperature and on no account shall mortar be used after the initial set has taken place. Reconstitution of mortar will not be permitted.  Mortar boxes shall be cleaned out at the end of each day and all tools shall be kept clean.&lt;br /&gt;
Coloured mortar shall be mixed as specified using cement and sand in the above proportions with the addition ===Workmanship===&lt;br /&gt;
====General====&lt;br /&gt;
All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to lines and built to the thickness and bond required with courses level and joints and bond uniform.  Masonry shall be carried up in a uniform manner.  No one portion shall be raised more than a meter above adjacent portions, except with the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample panels 1 m2 shall be prepared for each type of facing brickwork/blockwork, including jointing or pointing, and the Contractor shall obtain approval before proceeding with the work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hot weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks and blocks shall be stacked on a level hardstanding so as to prevent the absorption or ingress of water. Suitable shading shall be provided to prevent high temperatures existing within the brick and block stacks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dry weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Clay brickwork and blockwork shall be kept wet to the minimum extent necessary to prevent mortar drying out prematurely.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wet weather:&lt;br /&gt;
Freshly laid brickwork/blockwork shall be protected during interruption through rain and at the completion of each day's work.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facework shall be kept clean during construction and until practical completion.  Scaffold boards shall be kept clear of the building at night and during heavy rain.  Rubbing to remove stains will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
All bricks shall be wetted before being laid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clay bricks shall not be used until completely cold from the kiln.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Facing bricks of varying colour shall be distributed evenly throughout the work so that no patches appear.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Different deliveries which vary in colour shall be mixed to avoid horizontal stripes.&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be carried up, including both skins of cavity work where applicable, with no portion more than 1.5 m above another at any time, racking back between levels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork shall be gauged for four courses to 300 mm including joints.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar and all joints filled.  Bed and vertical joints shall be of equal and consistent thickness.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Solid bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar with joints filled solid to a consistent thickness not more than 12 mm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should single frogged bricks be permitted, they shall be laid with the frog upwards and these shall be filled with mortar. Double frogged bricks shall not be used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Courses shall be kept level and perpends vertical and in line.  Quoins and other angles shall be plumbed as the work proceeds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates shall be used for forming openings in face work where doors and windows are not built in at the time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brickwork and blockwork abutting concrete columns, walls and beams shall be tied with stainless steel ties in accordance with the relevant references and as directed by the design.  Additional ties shall be supplied at openings. Walls which are to be fair face shall have selected bricks and blocks with perfect arises and flat surfaces and with faces in line.&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding====&lt;br /&gt;
Where not otherwise required, bricks throughout the work shall be laid with the cross joints in any course not less than a quarter of a brick from those in the course below.&lt;br /&gt;
All brick and blockwork shall be laid in a regular pattern to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
====Exposed Concrete Block====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block shall be laid in &amp;quot;stack&amp;quot; bond, unless otherwise indicated, with joints not exceeding 1.0 cm and uniform throughout and finished slightly concave and smooth, tool dense and neat (no finger pointing allowed).  All blocks shall be laid in a full bed of mortar applied to shells only.  Mortar shall be applied to the vertical joint of blocks already set in the wall and all contact faces of the unit to be set.  Each unit shall be placed and shoved against the block previously laid so as to produce a well-compacted vertical mortar joint for the full shell thickness.  Moisture contents of blocks shall not exceed 35 % when laid.  Intersection bearing walls shall be tied together with metal ties at one meter vertical spacing.  Bends of tie bars and reinforcing shall be embedded in cells filled with mortar.  Where indicated, concrete blocks shall be reinforced and concrete block lintel types shall be built in&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
All necessary block cutting shall be neatly done by saws.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control joints shall be installed at the intersection of block walls with structural concrete and elsewhere where such joints are useful.  Joints not detailed otherwise shall be raked out to a depth of 2 cm for the full height of the wall and caulked.  Maximum length between joints shall be 10 m.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joints are to be examined to locate cracks, holes or other defects and all such defects shall be filled with mortar and pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
====Concrete Blocks to be Plastered====&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete block walls to be plastered may be laid with bonds described above.  Joints are to be left rough to assist in bounding of plaster.  Otherwise, concrete block masonry shall conform to previous paragraph &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered block walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
====Brickwork====&lt;br /&gt;
Solid brick shall be laid in common bond with all joints filled solidly with mortar and backs fully purged to form solid masonry structures.  Joints of walls to receive plaster shall be lightly raked to provide a bond for plaster.  Solid brick shall be plastered only when so indicated on the approved drawings or required in the particular specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise brickwork masonry shall conform to the paragraph 4.2.2.3 &amp;quot;Exposed concrete block&amp;quot;.  Control joints in plastered brick walls shall be carried through the plaster.  The joint shall not be plastered.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.6	Lintels, Ties, Miscellaneous&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall build in or provide all miscellaneous items to be set in masonry including frames, lintels, reinforcing steel, electrical boxes and fixtures, sleeves, grilles, anchors and other miscellaneous items.  All anchorage, attachments and bonding devices shall be set so as to prevent stoppage and shall be completely covered with mortar.&lt;br /&gt;
Wired butterfly and double triangle type wall ties will not be permitted in any wall.  Wall ties shall be stainless steel strip, but of a twist type for the leaves of any cavity walls.&lt;br /&gt;
Padstones shall be bedded in mortar of the same strength as the adjacent wall, to give a level top surface.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.7	Grouting&lt;br /&gt;
Grout and cement mortar for setting structural steel columns, railings, frames in walls and where otherwise required shall be done with mortar as hereinbefore specified.  Before placing grout thoroughly clean all surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
Grout shall be tamped into place with a blunt tool to fill the entire void. In the event space does not permit tamping, the Contractor shall build the necessary forms and place grout by pouring from one side only.  When grout is placed by pouring a head of grout shall be maintained in the form.  Grout shall be kept wet for three days and after the temporary supports adjusting wedges are removed the empty space shall be grouted and the surrounding grout pointed.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.8	Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
Masonry work, to be exposed, shall be thoroughly cleaned.  Mortar smears and droppings on concrete block walls shall be dry before removal with a trowel.  Masonry work may be cleaned using a mild muriatic acid solution.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.9	Damp-proof Courses&lt;br /&gt;
As a minimum requirement, damp-proof courses shall be in accordance with DIN 4117 and DIN 4122.&lt;br /&gt;
Bituminous sheet damp-proof courses shall be laid on a level bed of cement mortar with a minimum lap of 75 mm at angles and joints and neatly pointed in matching mortar on exposed edges.  Horizontal and sloping damp-proof coursing over door openings shall be in single pieces of material of a length to extend 225 mm at both sides beyond the width of the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.10	Waterproof Building Paper&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof building paper shall be laid beneath structural concrete.  The paper shall be laid with 150 mm lapped joints which shall be treated and sealed with an approved bituminous solution.  The weight of the paper shall not be less than 0.3 kg/m2.&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2.11	Measurement for Payment&lt;br /&gt;
Not used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3	Rendering and Plastering&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1	General&lt;br /&gt;
The work required under this Specification shall include all labour, materials, equipment, scaffolding etc., required to complete all internal and external plastering specified herein.&lt;br /&gt;
On completion, all surfaces shall be left in a neat and clean condition before handing over.&lt;br /&gt;
Materials, workmanship and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of DIN 18550.&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall not be started or continued when the air temperature exceeds 400C.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2	Materials&lt;br /&gt;
Sand shall be clean and sharp course grit, fresh water river or pit sand conforming in all respects to DIN 1053 and DIN 18550 and shall be re-washed on site if the silt loam or clay content exceeds the requirements described in DIN 4226. The sand shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement shall be sulphate resisting Portland cement as specified in DIN 1164.&lt;br /&gt;
Water shall be clean and free from impurities and shall at regular intervals be tested to ensure compliance with DIN 4030 and DIN 38404.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.3	Mixing&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with proportions according to DIN 18550.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed with water in an amount compatible with workability.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster constituents shall be measured by volume.&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be mixed in a mechanically operated plaster mixer at least long enough to make a thorough, complete, intimate mix of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
The mixing of plaster by hand shall not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
Bunkers, gauge boxes, gauging boards, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned after each mix.&lt;br /&gt;
Mixer drums shall be thoroughly washed out at least four times a day if the mixer is in continuous use, and after each batch if not in continuous use. All tools shall be kept clean, and care taken to ensure that fresh plaster is not contaminated with set plaster.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.4	Preparation&lt;br /&gt;
Surfaces that are to receive plaster shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and any unsatisfactory surface shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Where finished surfaces such as tile, lighting or other fixtures have been installed prior to plastering they shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining building paper or polyethylene sheet. Protection shall be removed when plaster work is completed.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete masonry and brick surfaces shall have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond and shall be dampened by brushing or spraying with water followed by plastering.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.5	Finish&lt;br /&gt;
Finishing coats shall be trowelled to a smooth and even finish.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.6	Tolerances&lt;br /&gt;
All surfaces shall be true to line, level, plumb and all junctions, angles and arises truly square. On two or three coat work, the plaster surface shall not show any deviation greater than specified in DIN 1 8202 for accuracy class B.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.7	Connection of Work&lt;br /&gt;
Completion of work shall be as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
Curing:&lt;br /&gt;
Cement sand plasters shall be kept moist by sprinkling with water at regular intervals for a period of at least three days and until no powdery particles are present.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall plan his work such that rendering and plastering work is not carried out at extreme temperatures.&lt;br /&gt;
Defects:&lt;br /&gt;
Work shall be free of all defects, and any work which shows signs of blistering, bond failure, hollow patches, flaking, peeling, cracking, crazing, grinning, tool marks, discolouration or any other defects will not be accepted, and shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the work, all plaster surfaces shall be cleaned and all rubbish, debris and excess material and equipment shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.8	Thickness and Workmanship&lt;br /&gt;
All plaster shall be applied according to the following thicknesses.  Additional thickness will be required for any unevenness in the masonry surface.&lt;br /&gt;
Location	Thickness of Coat (mm)	Total Thickness&lt;br /&gt;
	First	Intermediate	Finish	&lt;br /&gt;
Ceiling	15	-	10	25&lt;br /&gt;
Interior Wall	10	6	4	20&lt;br /&gt;
Exterior Wall	10	9	6	25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plaster shall be of two or three coats: first, intermediate and finish coats.  If plaster is to be applied to a smooth cement or other surface which does not offer bonding characteristics for plaster, a dash coat shall be required as a bonding surface.&lt;br /&gt;
Dash coats shall be of mush consistency, composed of 1 part Portland cement and 1.5 parts of sand.&lt;br /&gt;
The dash coat shall be applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, in a whipping manner.  The dash coat shall be kept moist for 48 hours before first coat is applied to the dash coat.&lt;br /&gt;
First coats shall cover the full length of the wall or to the border line formed by columns, doors and windows.  Before the first coat hardens the surface shall be scratched to provide a mechanical key for the intermediate coat.  This coat shall be kept moist for not less than 24 hours and allowed to set for not less than 14 days before application of the intermediate coat.&lt;br /&gt;
Before application of the intermediate coat, the surface of the first coat shall be dampened.  The surface of the intermediate coat shall be brought to a true and even surface, then roughened with a wood float before setting to provide a bond for the finish coat.&lt;br /&gt;
The finishing coat shall be applied while the intermediate coat is moist and if the intermediate coat dries out it shall be wetted evenly.  The finishing coat shall be first floated to a true and even surface, then trowelled in a manner that the sand particles are not exposed on the surface and with the final troweling, leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from rough areas, trowel marks,  checks, or other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
Before applying the plaster to ceilings, the surface of the ceiling shall be dampened and the cement paste applied with a whisk broom or fibre brush, to the entire ceiling.&lt;br /&gt;
The final plaster layer shall be applied to the ceiling slab tamping it with wood float until the cement paste is squeezed up through the surface of the plaster and finally troweled to an even surface leaving the surface burnished smoothly and free from trowel marks, checks and other blemishes.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.9	Waterproof&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproof plaster shall consist of plaster water¬proofing compound, cement and sand mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specification.&lt;br /&gt;
Waterproofing compound shall be paste, powder or liquid made by a manufacturer engaged in the mass production of such items and shall be approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.10	Measurement for Payment&lt;br /&gt;
Not used.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=CONCRETE,_REINFORCEMENT,_FORMWORK_AND_JOINTS&amp;diff=3201</id>
		<title>CONCRETE, REINFORCEMENT, FORMWORK AND JOINTS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=CONCRETE,_REINFORCEMENT,_FORMWORK_AND_JOINTS&amp;diff=3201"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T14:54:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* Performance of Construction Joints and Lifts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=CONCRETE, REINFORCEMENT, FORMWORK AND JOINTS=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers all requirements concerning concrete, reinforcement and formwork . For clarity, this section is divided into four sub-sections as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Concrete==&lt;br /&gt;
==Reinforcement==&lt;br /&gt;
==Formwork==&lt;br /&gt;
==Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sub-sections are complementary to each other and shall be read accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
==Concrete==&lt;br /&gt;
===Scope===&lt;br /&gt;
This sub-section covers the supply of materials for concrete, design of concrete mixes, quality control of concrete, mixing, transporting, placing and curing of concrete and testing of water retaining structures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Organisation of Concrete Production at the Site===&lt;br /&gt;
At the commencement of the contract, the Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer a method statement detailing with regard to the requirements of this Specification his proposals for the organization of concreting activities at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method statement shall include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
•Plant proposed;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Layout of concrete production facility;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Proposed method of organization of the concrete production facility;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Quality control procedures for concrete and con¬crete materials;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Method of transport and placing of concrete;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Striking times for formwork and procedure for temporary support of beams and slabs.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Test Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, manufacturer's test sheets shall be supplied with each consign¬ment of cement and admixture certifying compliance with the relevant standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer certificates of calibration for the weighing and dispensing equipment on the concrete batch mixing plant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer certified test results for all tests carried out on aggregate, water, fresh concrete and hardened concrete, all as specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of doubt, new tests shall be executed at the Contractor' s expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Aggregate Samples===&lt;br /&gt;
Before work on trial mixes of concrete is commenced, the Contractor shall submit for approval samples 50 kg in weight of each aggregate, which he proposes to use. The source of each aggregate shall be clearly marked on the container of each sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certified test results demonstrating compliance with relevant quality standard shall be submitted at the same time. Samples approved by the Engineer shall be preserved at site for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Record of Concreting===&lt;br /&gt;
An accurate and up to date record showing dates, times, weather and temperature when various sections of the works were concreted shall be kept by the Contractor and shall be available for inspection by the Engineer.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall also record the results of all concrete tests and shall identify these results for the parts of the works of which the sampled material is representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, not more than twenty-four hours in arrears, a daily return for each grade of concrete of the number of batches mixed, the number of batches and total volume of concrete placed, the number of batches wasted or rejected and the weight of cement used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The return shall also include specific details of each location in the works where concrete was placed, together with the grade of concrete, total volume of concrete placed and the number of batches used for each location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete Mixes===&lt;br /&gt;
At the commencement of the works the Contractor shall design a mix for each grade of concrete, which will be required for use in the works and shall submit full details of the mix designs to the Engineer for his approval.  Each mix design shall be according to the requirements of the Specification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Construction Joints And Lifts===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval, as soon as is practicable after the acceptance of his tender and not less than three weeks before the commencement of concreting, drawings showing his proposals for placing concrete on which the position of all construction joints and lifts shall be shown.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No concreting shall be started until the Engineer has approved the method of placing, the positions and form of the constructions joints and the lifts. The construction joints shall be located so as not to impair the strength of the structure. Rebates, keys or notches shall be formed and water stops inserted as the Engineer may require. The position of construction joints and the size of formwork panel shall be so coordinated that where possible the line of any construction joint coincides with the line of a formwork joint, and that in any case all construction joint lines and formwork joint lines appear as a regular and uniform series.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all exposed horizontal joints and purposely inclined joints, a uniform joint shall be formed with a batten of approved dimensions to give a straight and neat joint line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cement===&lt;br /&gt;
All cement used on the work shall be standard brand Portland cement from a single approved source conform¬ing to the requirements of Portland cement class PZ 25-NW or class PZ 35-L (DIN 1164). The source of cement shall not be changed without prior approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cement shall be tested for soundness in accordance with the relevant DIN standards.&lt;br /&gt;
Cement used in the works for structural parts underground shall be sulphate-resisting Portland cement unless otherwise specified or agreed with the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall provide from each consignment of cement delivered to site such samples as the Engineer may require for testing.  Any cement which is, in the opinion of the Engineer, lumpy or partially set shall be rejected and the Contractor shall promptly remove such cement from the site.  Cement, which has been stored on the site for more than forty days, and cement, which in the opinion of the Engineer is of doubtful quality, shall not be used in the works unless it is retested and the test results show that it complies in all respects with the relevant standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Storage of Cement===&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately upon arrival at the site, cement shall be stored in silos designed for the purpose or in dry weather-tight and properly ventilated structures with floors raised 500 mm above ground level with adequate provision to prevent absorption of moisture.  Insulation shall be provided to prevent the temperature of the cement exceeding 770C.  As a minimum cement storage silos shall be painted with a light reflecting material.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All storage facilities shall be subject to approv¬al by the Engineer and shall be such as to permit easy access for inspection and identification.  Each con¬signment of cement shall be kept separately and the Contractor shall use the consignments in the order in which they are received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cement of different types and from different sources shall be kept in clearly marked secure storage facilities.  Cement delivered to the site in drums or bags provided by the supplier or manufacturer shall be stored in the unopened drums or bags until it is used in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any cement in drums or bags, which have been opened on the site, shall be used immediately or shall be disposed of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Aggregates===&lt;br /&gt;
Aggregates shall be hard, durable and clean and shall not contain deleterious materials in such form or quantity as to adversely affect the strength of concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aggregates for concrete shall be obtained from an approved source, and shall conform to the requirements of DIN 1045 and DIN 1084, and shall be washed clean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sampling and testing of aggregates shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate clause of DIN 4226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aggregates to be supplied shall not give rise to any alkali reaction with the cement, weather silica or carbonate.  Potential reactivity or otherwise of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 289.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the soluble chlorides and sulphates content of the aggregates shall be such that the concrete mix as a whole complies with the specified limits of salt content.&lt;br /&gt;
Tests for chlorides and sulphates and for potential alkali reaction shall be carried out when required by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Storage of Aggregates===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall provide means of storing the aggregates at each point where concrete is made such that:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•each normal size of coarse aggregate and fine aggregate shall be kept separate at all times;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•contamination of the aggregates by the ground or other foreign matter shall be effectively prevented at all times;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•each heap of aggregate shall be capable of draining freely.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•aggregates are to bekept as cool as possible by shading and provision of water sprinkling if required.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall ensure that graded coarse aggregates are tipped, stored and removed from store in a manner that does not cause segregation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wet fine aggregate shall not be used until, in the opinion of the Engineer, it has drained to a constant and uniform moisture content, unless the Contractor measures the moisture content of the fine aggregate continuously and adjusts the amounts of fine aggregate and added water in each batch of concrete mixed to allow for the water contained in the fine aggregate.  If necessary to meet the requirements of this clause, the Contractor shall protect the heaps of fine aggre¬gate against inclement weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Water===&lt;br /&gt;
Water for washing of aggregates and for mixing concrete shall be in accordance with DIN 4030 and DIN 1045 and shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of organic matter, alkali, salts and other impurities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall take samples of the water being used or which it is proposed to use for mixing concrete and test them for quality1 including determining the concentration of sulphates and chlorides, which shall be such that the concrete mix as a whole complies with the specified limit for salt content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall ensure that sufficient quantities of water for production and curing are available on the site at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Admixtures===&lt;br /&gt;
At the Contractor's opinion, or at the request of the Engineer, but in either case at the expense of the Contractor, an admixture may be added to the concrete to control the set, effect water reduction and increase workability. Such admixture may be either a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type or a ligning-sulphonate type but shall contain no calcium chloride.  The required quantities of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not any admixture is used.  The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.  Use of admixture is to be avoided whenever possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Admixtures shall not be used unless the Engineer has given his prior approval in writing for each instance.  Both, the amount added and the method of use shall be to the approval of the Engineer who shall also be provided with the following information:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•the typical amount added and  the detrimental effects, if any, of an increase or decrease in this amount;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•the chemical name(s) of the main active ingredient(s) in the admixture;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air when used at the amount the manufacturer recommends.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any approved admixture shall fulfil the test requirements of the Institut fur Bautechnik (IfBt) in West Berlin, Edition No. 3, February 1984 or equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When more than one admixture is used in a concrete mix, the compatibility of the various admixtures shall be ascertained by standard tests and certified by the manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calcium Chloride===&lt;br /&gt;
The use of calcium chloride in concrete will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Test Equipment===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary for collecting samples and carrying out field laboratory tests on materials for concrete and on fresh and hardened concrete.  Laboratory equipment shall be housed in a suitable laboratory building on the site, which shall also incorporate space for storage of field test equipment and for curing of concrete test cubes in an orderly manner so that they are readily accessible for testing on the due date. The Contractor shall also furnish all weights, containers and other equipment necessary for testing the weigh-batching equipment for concrete materials and the dispensers for admixtures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Proportioning in General===&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete shall be composed of cement, aggregates, admixtures and water.  These materials shall be of the qualities specified.  The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of the work shall be determined by the Contractor in accordance with all requirements given in DIN 1045 and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use in the work.  In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and smoothness of surface.  The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Water-Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum compressive strength and cement contents of concrete shall be not less than required in the appropriate DIN standard.  The Engineer may order the cement contents for any class of concrete to be increased over the quantity specified in the tabulation if he determines that such increase is necessary to obtain the required strength.  Such increased quantities of cement, if so ordered, shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Employer.  The maximum water-cement ratio shall be 55 litres of water per 100 kilograms of cement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limits Of Salt Content===&lt;br /&gt;
No concrete shall contain more than the following total quantities of substances expressed as percent-ages by weight of cement:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For all mixes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•total chlorides		0.6  % (as Chloride ions)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•total acid soluble sulphate	4.0 % (as S0&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ions)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with the appropriate DIN standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consistency===&lt;br /&gt;
The quantity of water entering into a batch of concrete shall be in accordance with DIN 1045, just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce a concrete which, in the judgement of the Engineer, can be worked properly into place without segregation and which can be compacted by the vibratory methods herein specified to give the desired density, un-permeability and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture contents of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency.  The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by tests in accordance with DIN 1048.  The slumps to be used will be determined by the Engineer for the various parts of the work but in general they shall be &amp;lt;40 cm&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mix Design===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit to an independent laboratory, approved by the Engineer, samples of coarse and fine aggregate and cement proposed to be used in the work.  From analyses and tests of the samples furnished, the laboratory shall design a concrete mix to meet each of the strength requirements and slumps specified.  The laboratory shall also prepare two (2) test cylinders of each design mix from the samples furnished and test one at 7 days and one at 28 days.  Three (3) copies of test results and mix designs shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.  All costs for furnishing samples mix design and testing shall be at the expense of the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trial Mixes===&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the Engineer has approved each of the concrete mix designs, three batches of concrete for each grade shall be made at site under full-scale production conditions using the same mixing time and handled by means of the same plant, which the Contractor proposes to use in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proportions of cement, aggregates and water shall be carefully determined by weight in accordance with the Contractor's approved mix design and sieve analyses shall be made in accordance with DIN 4226 of fine aggregate and of coarse aggregate used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The amount of cement and of each separate size of aggregate entering into each batch of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing equipment furnished by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
The quantity of water entering the mixer shall be measured by a suitable water meter or other measuring device of a type approved by the Engineer and capable of measuring the water in variable amounts within a tolerance of three percent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slump of each batch of each trial mix shall be determined immediately after mixing by the method described in DIN 1048 and not be outside the limits specified in clause 3.2.20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In accordance with DIN 1048 three test cubes from each of the three batches shall be made by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer from each trial mix.  The cubes shall be made, cured, stored and tested at 28 days after manufacture in accordance with the method described in DIN 1048. If the average value of the compressive strength of the nine cubes taken from any trial mix is less than the target mean strength used in the mix design or if any individual cube test result falls below 85 % of the target mean strength, the Contractor shall re-design that mix and make a further trial mix and set of test cubes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A full-scale test of the workability of each trial mix of each grade of concrete shall be made by the Con-tractor in the presence of the Engineer. The trial mix of each grade of concrete shall be batched, mixed and then transported a representative distance in the manner that the Contractor proposes to batch, mix and transport the concrete to be placed in the works.  After discarding the first batch so made, the concrete from later batches shall be placed and compacted in trial moulds both for reinforced and mass concrete with dimensions typical of the works in accordance with the procedures described in later clauses, the sides of the moulds being capable of being stripped without undue disturbance of the concrete placed therein. The sides of the moulds shall be stripped after the concrete has set and the workability judged by the surface appearance and compaction obtained. If the workability test shows that the required workability is not attained for any trial mix for any grade of concrete, the trial mix shall be re-designed by the Contractor and a further full scale workability test undertaken for that trial mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The re-design of the concrete mixes and the making and testing of trial mixes of concrete shall be repeated for each grade of concrete until trial mixes of concrete have been established which meet the specified requirements and have the required workability as demonstrated in the full scale workability test described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If at any time during the construction of the works the Engineer approves a change in the source of cement of aggregate or if the grading of the aggregate alters to such an extent that the fraction of aggregate retained on any sieve cannot be maintained within five percent of the total quantity of fine and coarse aggregate when adjusted as specified for sampling and testing of aggregates, then further trial mixes of concrete shall be made, tested and approved for use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Batching===&lt;br /&gt;
All cement used in the manufacture of concrete shall be measured by weight with an approved weighing device.&lt;br /&gt;
For concrete of grades more than B 10, the fine aggregate and the several nominal sizes of coarse aggregate shall be measured singularly or cumulatively by weight using weigh-batching machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For concrete of grade B 10, the fine and coarse aggregate shall be measured separately either by weight using weigh-batching machines or by volume in gauge boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weigh-batching machines shall provide facilities for the accurate control and measurement of the aggregates either singularly or cumulatively and shall be capable of immediate adjustment by semi-skilled operators in order to permit variations to be made to the mix.  All weigh dials shall be easily visible from the place at which filling and emptying of the hoppers is controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every concrete mixing machine shall be fitted with a device to measure added water by weight and shall be so constructed that the water inlet and outlet valves are interlocked so that either one of them cannot be opened unless the other is fully closed.  The weighing device shall be provided with an overflow with a cross-sectional area at least four times that of the inlet pipe and with its discharge point clear of the mixing plant.  The entire water system shall be maintained free of leaks at all times and the measuring device shall be fitted with a drain pipe which allows the full quantity of water being measured to be drained off for checking the measurement.  The outlet arrangement of the measuring device shall be such that between five and ten percent of the water enters the mixer before the other materials and a further five to ten percent of the water enters the mixer after the other materials.  The remainder of the water shall be added at a uniform rate with the other materials.  The water measuring device shall be readily adjustable so that the quantity of water added to the mixer can, if necessary, be varied for each batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where volume batching is permitted by the Specification, gauge boxes shall be soundly constructed of timber of steel to contain exactly the volume of the various aggregates required for one batch of each mix.  They shall have closed bottoms and shall be clearly marked with the mix and the size of the gauge box for fine aggregate, an allowance shall be made for the bulking of the fine aggregate due to the average amount of moisture contained in the stockpiles on the site.  Before the Contractor shall put any gauge box into use on the site, he shall obtain the approval of the Engineer of the size and construction of such gauge box.&lt;br /&gt;
Any admixtures, which may be used, shall be measured separately in calibrated dispensers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All mixing and batching plants shall be maintained free of set concrete or cement and shall be clean before commencing mixing.  The accuracy of calibration of any weighing plant, water measuring plant and admixture dispenser shall be checked before carrying out trial mixes, before mixing concrete for inclusion in the works, after each service or adjustment to the mixing plant, and in any case at least once per month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mixing Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
All concrete shall be mixed in accordance with DIN 1045 with batch mixers in accordance with DIN 459 The mixing of each batch shall continue not less than 1.5 minutes after all materials, including water, are in the mixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardened concrete or mortar shall not be permitted to accumulate on the inner surfaces of the mixer. Re-tempering, i.e. remixing with the addition of water to concrete that has been partially hardened, will not be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On commencing work with a clean mixer, the first batch shall contain only half the normal quantity of coarse aggregate to compensate for the adhesion of the other materials to the drum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ready-Mixed Concrete (optional)===&lt;br /&gt;
Ready-mixed concrete shall not be used in any part of the works without the Engineer's written approval, which may be withdrawn at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that ready mixed concrete complies with the Specification in all respects, and that the manufacturing and delivery resources of the proposed supplier are adequate to ensure proper and timely completion of each concreting operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The specified requirements as to the sampling, trial mixing, testing and quality of concrete of various grades shall apply equally to ready-mixed concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any additional facility, which the Engineer may require for the supervision and inspection of the batching, mixing and transporting of ready-mixed concrete shall be provided by the Contractor at his own expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing for Concreting===&lt;br /&gt;
For the preparation of concreting, the following shall apply:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Each surface shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling, prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon.  The surface shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the old concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, in the opinion of the Engineer, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surface of horizontal joints shall be levelled with a wooden float to provide a reasonably smooth surface.  A surface consisting largely of coarse aggregate shall be avoided.  Except where the drawings call for joint surfaces to be painted, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material.  Such cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting followed by thorough washing.  All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed.  After the surfaces have been prepared to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all approximately horizontal construction joints shall be covered with a layer of mortar approximately 25 mm thick.  The mortar shall have the same proportions of cement and sand as the regular concrete mixture, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.  The water-cement ratio of the mortar in place shall not exceed that of the concrete to be placed upon it and the consistency of the mortar shall be suitable for placing and working in the manner hereinafter specified.  The mortar shall be spread uniformly and shall be worked thoroughly into all irregularities of the surface and wire brooms shall be used where possible to scrub the mortar into the surface.  Concrete shall be placed immediately upon the fresh mortar.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For construction joints refer to items 3.5.1 and 3.5.2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•When the placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union with subsequent work, provided that construction joints shall be made only where approved by the Engineer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, installation of reinforcement and parts to be embedded and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been approved by the Engineer.  All surfaces of forms, reinforcement and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where specified and elsewhere as ordered by the Engineer, the excavated surfaces shall be prepared as specified under concrete protection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exclusion of Water===&lt;br /&gt;
No concrete shall be placed in any water structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes or other means and carried out of the forms, clear of the work.  No concrete shall be deposited under water without the explicit permission of the Engineer and then only in strict accordance with his directions, nor shall the Contractor, without explicit permission, allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete.  Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing groundwater will be subject to the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transporting and Placing===&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to its place in the works as rapidly as possible by methods which will prevent segregation or drying out and ensure that the concrete is of the required workability at the time of placing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete, which upon or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements specified herein, shall be rejected and immediately removed from the works.  Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these Specifications, or which is of inferior quality as determined by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor.  Unless agreed otherwise with the Engineer, no concrete shall be placed except in the presence of the Engineer.  Concrete shall not be placed when unsuitable heat of wind conditions will prevent proper placement and curing as determined by the Engineer.  Prior to placing any concrete, the Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours written notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, whether reinforcement is present or not, causing separation of the coarse aggregate from the mortar on account of repeatedly hitting rods or the sides of the form as it falls, nor shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete.  In such cases, some means such as the use of hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal shall be used for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it may reach the place of final deposit without separation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In no case shall the free fall of concrete exceed 1.5 m below the ends of ducts, chutes or buggies.  Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the process of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion be displaced in the forms more than 2 m in horizontal direction.  Concrete in forms shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 60 cm and care shall be taken to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where such are required for sloping members.  Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft.  The rate of placing concrete in forms shall not exceed 1 m of vertical rise per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All ends of chutes, hopper gates and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the Contractor's conveying, hoisting and placing system shall be so designed and arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type approved by the Engineer. Chutes longer than 15 m will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the specified consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete shall be placed and compacted before the initial set has occurred and, in any event, not later than 45 minutes from the time of mixing.&lt;br /&gt;
When pneumatic placers are used, if the end of the placer pipe is not equipped with an energy-absorbing device, it shall be kept as close to the work as practicable.  Mortar or water used at the beginning or end of a run shall be discharged outside the formwork.&lt;br /&gt;
When pumps are used, the end of the supply pipe shall be kept immersed in the concrete during placing to assist compaction.  Mortar and water used at the beginning or end of a run shall be discharged outside the formwork&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of placing concrete in all parts of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.  In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as bounded by construction joints.  The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 7 days before the continuous units are placed, except that vertical walls shall not be placed until the wall footings have cured at least 14 days and the corner sections of vertical walls shall not be placed until all the adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days.&lt;br /&gt;
The surface of the concrete shall be level whenever a run of concrete is stopped.  To ensure a level, straight joint on the exposed surface of walls, a wood strip at least 20 mm thick shall be tacked to the forms on these surfaces.  The concrete shall be carried about 13 mm above the underside of the strip.  About one hour after the concrete is placed, the strip shall be removed and any irregularities in the edge formed by the strip shall be levelled with a trowel and all laitance shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concreting in hot Weather===&lt;br /&gt;
Care shall be taken to prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete.  When the ambient temperature in the forms is more than 300C or when so directed, the temperature of the concrete as placed shall not exceed 300C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve this, the Contractor shall provide sun shades over stockpiles of aggregate, cement silos, mixing water tanks and pipelines and in addition, shall carry out the first and as necessary others of the following procedures (preferably pouring concrete at night) which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Cool the mixing water and replace part of the water by chipped ice.  The ice shall be completely melted by the time mixing is completed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Spray clean cool water over the aggregate stockpiles.  The Contractor shall carry out regular tests on the aggregates to ensure that concentrations of sulphates or chlorides do not rise to unacceptable levels and to ensure that moisture content determinations allow for such spraying.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Shade or wet the outside of the formwork.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Apply a fine moisture (fog) spray of clean cool water to shaded areas immediately prior to placing concrete.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Pour concrete at night.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The fresh concrete shall be shaded as soon as the surface of fresh concrete is sufficiently hard.  Concrete placement will not be permitted, if in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor does not have proper facilities available for placing, curing and finishing the concrete in accordance with these Specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compaction===&lt;br /&gt;
As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogenous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For compaction the Contractor shall use power driven internal type vibrators supplemented by hand spading and tamping, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer.  The vibrators shall at all times be adequate in number, amplitude and power to compact the concrete properly and quickly throughout the whole of the volume being compacted.  For each three vibrators in operation one standby vibrator shall be readily on hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Care shall be used in placing concrete around water stops.  The concrete shall be carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated.  Where flat-strip type water stops are used, the concrete shall be worked out under the water stops by hand, making sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vibrators shall be inserted into the uncompacted concrete vertically and at regular intervals.  Where the uncompacted concrete is in a layer above freshly compacted concrete, the vibrator shall be allowed to penetrate vertically for about 100 mm into the previous layer.  In no circumstances shall vibrators be allowed to come into contact with the reinforcement or formwork nor shall they be withdrawn quickly from the mass of concrete but shall be drawn back slowly so as not to leave voids.  Internal type vibrators shall not be placed in the concrete in a random or haphazard manner nor shall concrete be moved from one part of the work to another by means of the vibrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The duration of vibration shall be limited to that required to produce satisfactory compaction without causing segregation.  Vibration shall on no account be continued after water or excess grout has appeared on the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Attendance of Steel Fixer and Carpenter===&lt;br /&gt;
During the concreting of all reinforced concrete including prestressed concrete, a competent steel fixer and carpenter shall be in attendance on each concreting gang and shall ensure that the reinforcement, formwork and embedded fittings including form-work and reinforcement spacers are kept in position as work proceeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Curing of Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
All concrete shall be cured by protecting the surface from the effects of sun shine, drying winds, and rain, running water or mechanical damage for a continuous period of four days when the cement used in the concrete is sulphate resisting Portland cement.  The production shall be applied as soon as practicable after completion of placing by one or more of the following methods:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Method 1:&lt;br /&gt;
Wooden forms shall be wetted immediately after concrete has been poured and shall be kept wet with water until removed.  If forms are removed within 14 days of placing the concrete, curing shall be continued in accordance with the applicable method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method 2:&lt;br /&gt;
The surface shall be covered with burlap mats which shall be kept wet with water for the duration of the curing period, until the concrete in the walls has been placed.  No curing compound shall be applied to surfaces cured under method 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method 3:&lt;br /&gt;
The surface shall be covered with moist earth not less than 4 hours, not more than 24 hours, after the concrete is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Method 4:&lt;br /&gt;
The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound which will not affect the bond of paint to the concrete surface. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction at a maximum coverage rate of 5 square metres per litre in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film which will seal thoroughly. The curing compound shall be as approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid damage to seal during the curing period. Should the seal be damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, the break shall be repaired immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the damaged portion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wherever curing compound may have been applied by mistake to surfaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, said compound shall be entirely removed by wet sand-blasting just prior to the placing of new concrete. Where curing compound is specified, it shall be applied within 2 hours after completion of the finish of unformed surfaces, and within 2 hours after removal of forms on formed surfaces. Repairs required to be made to formed surfaces shall be made within the said 2 hour period provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the 2 hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing compound.&lt;br /&gt;
Liquid curing membranes (d) shall not be used on class U 1 surfaces where laitance is to be removed and aggregate exposed to provide a satisfactory bond for placing further concrete or mortar screeds or on surfaces where the Engineer is of the opinion that the appearance of the concrete surface will be affected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Care and Repair of Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance by the Engineer.  Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the com¬pleted work or which departs from the established line or grade, or which for any other reason does not conform to the Specifications, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the Contractor's expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Finish of Concrete Surfaces===&lt;br /&gt;
Workmanship in formwork and concreting shall be such that concrete shall normally require no making good, surfaces being perfectly compacted, smooth and with no irregularities.  Concrete surfaces for the various classes of unformed and formed finishes shall in any event never exceed the maximum permitted tolerances, which shall be as shown in the table below except where expressly, stated otherwise in the Specification.  Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous, hard surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tolerances for line, level, irregularities and dimension shall in accordance with DIN 18201 and DIN 18202.&lt;br /&gt;
Irregularities shall be tested by means of a straight template for plane surfaces or its suitable equivalent for curved surfaces, the template being 4.0 m long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum tolerance (mm) in accordance with DIN 18202.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Class of Finish	Required Grade of Accuracy according to DIN 18202&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
U1	A&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
U2	B&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
F1	A&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
F2	B&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
F3	C&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unformed Surfaces===&lt;br /&gt;
Finishes to unformed surfaces of concrete shall be classified as U1 or U2, &amp;quot;spaded1' or &amp;quot;bonded concrete&amp;quot; or such other special finish as may be particularly specified. Where the class of finish is not specified, the concrete shall be finished in class U1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except as otherwise provided herein, unformed top surfaces of concrete shall be brought to a uniform surface and worked with suitable tools to a smooth-wood-f bat finish.  Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is plastic will not be permitted. All surfaces shall be placed monolithically with the base slab. Dusting of dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to absorb excess moisture will not be permitted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Floor slabs and exposed tops of walls and curbs shall be finished in class U2. At the Contractor's opinion, the above-mentioned floor slabs may be finished with a power float after screeding. Subse¬quent to the afore-mentioned finish, all sloping surfaces of floor slabs shall be lightly broomed to provide a skid-resistant surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Treatment of Surface Defects===&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface.  Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted.  No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the Engineer, and then only in strict accordance with his directions.  Concrete containing voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects, shall be completely removed and replaced.  All repairs and replacements herein specified shall be promptly executed by the Contractor at his own expense.  Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough.  These holes shall then be repaired in an approved manner with drypacked mortar.  Holes left by form typing devices having a rectangular cross section, and other imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension, shall not be reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed mortar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work will conform to the requirements of the Engineer using approved methods which will riot disturb the bond, cause sagging, or horizontal fractures. Surfaces of said repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to filling any structure with water, any cracks that may have developed shall be chiselled to a V-shape and filled with construction joint sealant conforming to the recommendation of the sealant manufacturer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Building-in Pipes and Plant===&lt;br /&gt;
Wherever possible, pipes and other items of plant passing through concrete structures shall be installed and connected to the remainder of the pipework system to ensure proper fit, and shall be built into the structure as work proceeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where this procedure is impossible due to programme or other requirements, holes shall be formed for the items of plant to allow them to be built in later after complete installation of the plant.&lt;br /&gt;
In no case shall individual pipes of a complicated pipework system including flanged joints be built into concrete structures before accurate fit of the whole system can be checked after complete installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Where holes are formed these shall be of size and shape sufficient to permit proper placing and compaction of concrete or grout.  The surface of the holes shall be treated to produce a &amp;quot;bonded&amp;quot; surface before installation of plant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before building-in commences the plant shall be adequately supported in position to prevent movement or damage during building-in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete used for building-in shall be of the same grade as concrete of the member into which the plant is being built, except that the mix shall also incorporate an approved expanding additive used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.  Concrete, mortar and grout shall be carefully placed and compacted around the plant to avoid damaging or moving the plant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Puddle Flanges and Pipe Supports===&lt;br /&gt;
Puddle flanged fittings for building into the walls may be of the single flanged type.  Where the single-flanged type is used it shall be positioned so that the puddle flange is in the centre of the wall.&lt;br /&gt;
Where the double-flanged type is used it shall be positioned so that the outside face of each flange is flush with the face of the wall.  Pipe support blocks shall be provided by the Contractor where necessary in chambers to support the pipe adequately, both during and after construction.  The Contractor shall be entirely responsible if damage is caused to pipes because of his failure to provide adequate supports.  Support blocks shall be made from B 25 concrete or a higher grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Corrosion Protection Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
Pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 5 cm clearance between said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement.  Fixing of embedded steel members at major reinforcement will not be permitted.  Fixing may be performed by welding at distribution bars or additional bars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Precast Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
Precast concrete units shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer or prepared by special skilled employees and shall be true to dimension and shape, with true arises and with perfectly smooth exposed faces free from surface blemishes, air holes, crazing or other defects, whether developed before or after building-in.  The concrete shall comply in every respect with the provisions of the contract whether such units are manufactured on the site or obtained from other manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All cement, aggregate and other materials for precast concrete units with faces, which are exposed, wither internally or externally shall be from the same sources throughout.  Exposed surfaces of the units shall be uniform in colour and in texture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formwork and unformed surfaces for precast concrete units shall comply generally with the accuracy grade &amp;quot;C” according to DIN 18202.&lt;br /&gt;
Squareness and twist shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Squareness: When considering the squareness of a corner, the longer of the two adjacent sides being checked shall be taken as the baseline and the shorter side shall not vary in its distance from the normal so that the differences between the greatest and the shortest dimension exceeds 6 mm. When the nominal angle is other than 90 degrees, the included angle between the check lines shall be varied accordingly&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Twist:  Any corner on any nominally' plane surface shall not be more than 6 mm from the plane containing the other three corners.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The positions of individual connecting bolts, bolt holes, projecting steel and other devices in any associated grade (e.g. the joint of two precast units) shall be within 3 mm of their true position in the group in which they are cast. The location of any such group shall be within 6 mm of its true position in the unit in which it is cast, provided that such deviation does not adversely affect the proper assembly of the whole structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval full details of his proposed method of carrying out all operations connected with the manufacture and assembly of precast concrete structural members, including:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•a description of the types of casting bed, mould and formwork for the various type of members;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•the procedure for concrete casting and the method of curing the concrete;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•the procedure for transporting, handling, hoisting and placing of each type of precast structural member;&lt;br /&gt;
•full details of temporary supports necessary to ensure adequate stability during erection, due account being taken of construction loads, including wind.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All tendons, duct forming devices, anchorages and other components shall be kept free of mud, oil (except water soluble oil applied for protection), paint, retarders, loose rust or other foreign matter.  They shall be placed with a tolerance of  3 mm in concrete dimensions of 300 mm or less or  6 mm in concrete dimensions over 300 mm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bearing surfaces between anchorages and concrete shall be normal to and concentric with the tendons and the line of action of the prestressing force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation of Precast Concrete Units===&lt;br /&gt;
At all stages and until completion of the work, precast members shall be adequately protected to preserve all permanently exposed surfaces, arises and architectural features.  The protection shall not mark or otherwise disfigure the concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All units shall be laid, bedded, jointed and fixed in accordance with the lines, levels and other details shown on the approved drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dry-pack mortar jointing for packing shall consist of one part by volume ordinary Portland cement and two and a half parts by volume of fine aggregate passing a 1 mm sieve.  The mortar shall be mixed with only sufficient water to make the material stick together when being moulded in the hands.  The mortar shall be placed and packed in stages, wherever possible from both sides of the space being filled, using a hardwood stock hammered until the mortar is thoroughly compacted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any precast concrete structural member which is found to be cracked, damaged or otherwise inferior in quality either before or after erection, shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No-Fines Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
No-fines concrete shall be used in sub-soil drainages. The grading of the coarse shall be:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•not less than 95 % by weight passing a 16 mm DIN sieve (DIN 4187);&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•not more than 5 % by weight passing a 8 mm DIN sieve (DIN 4187).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proportion of aggregate, cement and water shall be determined by trial mixes by the Contractor starting with a cement : aggregate particles ratio of one to eight by volume.  The trial mix shall be considered suitable when all the aggregate particles are coated with a film of cement grout.  The water content shall be just adequate to ensure that the cement paste completely coats the aggregate.  The concrete when placed shall contain no layers of laitance.&lt;br /&gt;
No-fines concrete shall not be mixed by hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Vibration shall not be used to compact the concrete.  Three test cubes of non-fines concrete shall be made of each trial mix.  The minimum crushing strength of the chosen mix shall be 3 N/mm2 at 28 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Precast Concrete Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Precast concrete products shall be constructed in accordance with DIN standards being hydraulically pressed where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete shall comply in every respect with the provisions of the contract, whether such products are manufactured on the site or obtained from other manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete For Benching===&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete benching in manholes and works structures shall consist of class B 25 concrete unless otherwise specified.  It shall be placed with low workability to the approximate shape required and, while still green, shall be finished with not less than 50 mm of class B 25 concrete to a steel trowelled finish and to the contours indicated on the drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air-Entrained Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete for those structures where required shall include an approved air-entraining agent capable of producing a 5 % air-entrainment with a tolerance of 0.5 %.&lt;br /&gt;
The mix shall be purposely designed, having regard to the nature and grading of use aggregate and air-entraining agent being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Engineer reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-entraining agent used in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
Preference shall be given to the use of air-entraining agents which can be administered in fixed calibrated amounts through a dependable mechanical dispenser or cachet, and which are added to the mixing water.&lt;br /&gt;
No air-entraining agent shall be used in the works without the written approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pumping Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
Where pumping of concrete is permitted, no relaxation of the requirements of this Specification will be permitted.  Particular attention shall be paid to the proper grading of aggregates to prevent bleeding and/or segregation during the pumping operations.  The inclusion of water-reducing additives or other materials, including flyash, to improve the flow characteristics of the concrete will only be permitted where it can be shown that they do not adversely affect the concrete either in the plastic phase or in the finished work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sampling and Testing of Aggregate===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall sample and carry out mechanical analysis of the fine aggregate and each nominal size of coarse aggregate in use, employing the method described in DIN 4226 at least once in each week when concreting is in progress and at such more frequent intervals as the Engineer may require.&lt;br /&gt;
The grading of all aggregates shall be within specified limits and should the fraction of aggregate retained on any sieve differ from the corresponding fraction of aggregate in the approved mix by more than 5 % of the total quantity of fine and coarse aggregate, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to alter the relative proportions of the aggregates in the mix to allow for such differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sampling and Testing of Concrete===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall provide the equipment necessary to determine the compacting factor of freshly mixed concrete at each place where concrete is being made and shall determine the compacting factor of the freshly mixed concrete by the method described in DIN 1048 on each occasion that a set of test cubes is made and not less than once a day or as the Engineer may direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each grade of concrete, works test cubes shall be made whenever required by the Engineer but not less frequently than as follows unless otherwise particularly specified:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•for concrete of grade more than B 10:	one set of cubes per 25 m3 or part thereof concreted per day;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•for concrete of grade B 10 and less:	one set of cubes per 10 batches or part thereof concreted per day.&lt;br /&gt;
Each set of cubes (six cubes per set) shall be made from a single sample taken from a randomly selected batch of concrete. Three cubes shall be tested 7 days after manufacture and three cubes 28 days after manufacture when requested by the Engineer and addi¬tional set of cubes shall be made for testing three days after manufacture.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer in duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compliance with Specified Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
The concrete shall be deemed satisfactory provided that:&lt;br /&gt;
•The average 28 days strength determined from any group of four consecutive test cubes exceeds the specified characteristic strength by not less than 5 N/mm2 for grade B 10 concrete and 7.5 N/mm2 for grades more than B 10 (or one-half of the current margin for any grade where a reduced margin has been approved by the Engineer for that mix design);&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Each individual test result is greater than 85 % of the specified characteristic strength.&lt;br /&gt;
If only one cube result fails to meet the second requirement, that result may be considered to represent only the particular batch of concrete from which the cube was taken, provided that the average strength of the group satisfies the first requirement.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If more than one cube in a group fails to meet the second requirement or if the average strength of any group of four consecutive test cubes fails to meet the first requirement then all the concrete in all the batches represented by all such cubes shall be deemed not to comply with the strength requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compliance===&lt;br /&gt;
When the average strength of four consecutive test cubes fails to meet the first requirement, no further concrete from that mix shall be placed in the work and the Contractor shall establish the cause of the failure and apply such remedies as are necessary.  The Contractor shall demonstrate by trial mixes and test cube results that the revised mix is in accordance with the specified requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall, within 24 hours of the date of test, make proposals for agreement with the Engineer about action to be taken in respect of any concrete represented by test cubes which fail to meet either of the requirements.  These proposals may include, but shall not be limited to, cutting and testing cores.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete which is ultimately found not to comply with any of the requirements of the Specification shall be rejected and shall be broken out and replaced or otherwise dealt with as agreed with the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Engineer may order additional cement added to the mix immediately.  The mixes used may also be changed whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, such change is necessary or desirable to secure the required workability, density, impermeability, surface finish and strength, and the Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutting and Testing of Core Samples===&lt;br /&gt;
As and where directed by the Engineer cylindrical core specimens of 150 mm nominal diameter shall be taken normal to the face of the hardened concrete for the purposes of examination and testing.  The procedure for drilling, examination, measurement and testing for comprehensive strength shall be in accordance with DIN 1048.  Prior to preparation for testing, the specimen shall be made available for examination by the Engineer.  If the crushing strength of the specimen deter-mined in accordance with DIN 1048 is less than the characteristic strength at 28 days for the grade requirements in other respects, the concrete in that part of the works of which it is a sample shall be considered not to comply with the specified requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspection Procedures===&lt;br /&gt;
Before any lift of concrete is placed, the Contractor shall carry out an inspection to ensure that all preparations are complete, including the provision of the necessary equipment and personnel and shall ensure that sufficient materials are available to complete the works proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completion of this inspection, the work shall be offered for inspection by the Engineer, sufficient time being allowed for inspection and correction of any defects.  No concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has inspected and approved the surfaces upon which the concrete is to be placed, the formwork and the reinforcing steel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall institute a &amp;quot;pour card&amp;quot; system in which a card is made out for each lift of concrete and is initialled by the Contractor and Engineer indicating that the inspections have been carried out.&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;pour card&amp;quot; shall include spaces to identify the concrete being placed and to signify completion of the inspections by the Contractor and Engineer of the following items:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•preparation of surface on which concrete is to be placed;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•formwork;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•reinforcement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;;&lt;br /&gt;
•ready for concrete placing;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•inspection after removal of formwork (any remedial work shall be agreed and noted);&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•curing procedures;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•completion of remedial work (if any).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete Protection System===&lt;br /&gt;
All structural concrete in contact with the ground shall be protected by one of the methods specified below.  Unless otherwise specified, in-situ concrete surfaces which are to be protected shall have either U2 or F2 finish as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prefabricated membrane tanking:&lt;br /&gt;
The membrane shall be performed consisting of 1.5 mm thick rubber/bitumen compound formulated for use in hot climates, backed with 0.3 mm thick PVC sheet.  The membrane shall adhere with watertight joints to itself at overlaps and to concrete surfaces prepared with suitable priming compound.&lt;br /&gt;
The membrane and primer shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to horizontal, inclined and vertical surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the blinding concrete has hardened, the membrane shall be applied, bitumen face downwards, and shall extend at least 200 mm beyond the outer limits of the structure.  As soon as the membrane has been applied and before any reinforcement or structural concrete is placed, the membrane shall be covered by a sand/cement screed 50 mm thick, extending over the whole area of the base of the structure.  The membrane projection of 200 mm shall be temporarily protected with a layer of board as specified below to prevent mechanical damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively a purpose made rock-proof non-compressible board may be used instead of screed if approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the concrete structure has been constructed up to ground level and curing is completed, the surfaces, which will be in contact with the ground, or as detailed otherwise on the approved drawings, shall be primed with the material supplied by the membrane manufacturer.  The vertical membrane shall be bonded onto the projection of the base membrane and terminated in a chase at the top completed with a rubber bitumen seal.  Fillets and reinforcing strips shall be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Completed areas of vertical membrane shall be protected from mechanical damage during backfill operations by 12 mm thick cardboard, fibreboard or chipboard secured with suitable adhesive, or by concrete blockwork.&lt;br /&gt;
Made-in-place membrane tanking:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to prefabricated membrane tanking on horizontal surfaces, the Contractor may propose to design, supply and install a made-in-place membrane of bitumen asphalt concrete laid on a tack coat placed on clean original ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bitumen asphalt concrete shall comprise bitumen or asphalt and coarse and fine aggregates.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer that, testing by trial and by experience, that made-in-place membrane tanking exhibits characteristics which are in all respects equal to or better than prefabricated membrane tanking.  &lt;br /&gt;
The system shall be:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•waterproof during life of protected structure;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•robust during preparation for concreting;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•flexible in differential settlement;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•incompressible under weight of structure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Made-in-place membrane tanking may be used in place of blinding concrete provided that the Contractor shall also have demonstrated to the Engineer the practicability of this system by testing, by trial and by experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical or sloping concrete surfaces shall be protected by prefabricated membrane tanking as specified which shall overlap and adhere in made-in-place membrane tanking over a width of 200 mm.&lt;br /&gt;
Bituminous latex emulsion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This material shall only be used as an alternative to membrane tanking where the Engineer has specifically agreed that satisfactory membrane tanking cannot be carried out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emulsion shall be a rubber-rich bituminous emulsion suitable for use in hot climates and capable of building up a film with minimum dry thickness of 1.0 mm, which is impermeable to water penetration and possessing a high degree of flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A priming mixture shall be made by thoroughly mixing the part emulsion with 6 parts fresh water.  Coats other than priming coat shall not be diluted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application rates shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Surface	Coat	Application rate  (m/litre)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal	1st (priming)	7&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	2nd	1&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	3rd	1.5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical	1st (priming)	7&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	2nd 	2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	3rd	2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	4th	2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
or as necessary to build up a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mm.&lt;br /&gt;
Overcoating shall take place as soon as the previous coat has dried.  Immediately the final coat has been applied to vertical surfaces, bituminised building paper shall be applied to the fresh emulsion and pressed into close contact over the whole area of the protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal and vertical surfaces shall be protected from mechanical damage during subsequent construction work by screed or boarding as specified for membrane tanking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polyethylene sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
250 micron polyethylene sheet shall be placed against vertical or sloping surfaces of excavated ground before placing concrete directly against such surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
Backfilling with sand against protected surfaces shall be carried out in such a manner that the protection is not damaged.  Nevertheless, if such damage occurs, the damage shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete Protection Procedures===&lt;br /&gt;
Details of concrete protection shall be shown by the Contractor on the working drawings.  Such details shall include corners, overlaps, brick or board protection and details for curved faces, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete protection Systems proposed for use in the works shall be demonstrated by the Contractor to the Engineer for approval before submission of preliminary working drawings showing use of such systems in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Machinery Bases and Grouting In===&lt;br /&gt;
Bases to take machinery and associated pipework shall be finished to class F 2 or U 2, as appropriate to the dimensions shown on the approved drawings or as ordered by the Engineer. The mounting surface of the base shall be steel floated to true and level planes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The structural concrete on which the bases are to be erected shall be prepared by hacking and cleaning off.&lt;br /&gt;
Bases shall be tied to the structural concrete with vertical reinforcement.  Horizontal reinforcement will also normally be provided at the level of the pockets for the holding down bolts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bolt pockets and lead-ins for grout shall be formed by means approved by the Engineer.  Polystyrene formers will not be permitted.  Where expand metal is used as a former it shall be left in.&lt;br /&gt;
When the machinery has been erected the bolt pockets shall on approval of the Engineer be completely filled using a mixture of 2 parts of sulphate resisting cement to 3 parts sharp sand by volume with sufficient water to form a thick creamy consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The machinery will be run under the supervision of the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer after the grout has hardened.  When so directed the Contractor shall complete the grouting operation by filling the space between the top of the concrete and the underside of the machinery base plate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Test for Watertightness of Water-Retaining Structures===&lt;br /&gt;
Water-retaining structures for water supply purposes shall satisfy the following tests for watertightness, before any external rendering or other finishes are applied (if any).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water for testing shall fill the first 1.25 m and be filled as quickly as supply permits.  Between this and top water level the rate of filling shall not exceed a steady rate of 300 mm per 24 hours unless otherwise directed.  After filling to top water level no further water shall be introduced for 7 days and the structure shall satisfy the test if at the end of this week no leakage is apparent and the water level does not drop more than 3 mm plus an allowance for evaporation during the last 48 hours.  Throughout the 48 hour period the water level shall be recorded every 4 hours by means of two hook and vernier gauges approved by the Engineer and sited as directed by him.  In addition to the foregoing visible leakages will not be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following satisfactory completion of the tests the structures shall be disinfected in accordance with DVGW working sheet W291.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reinforcement==&lt;br /&gt;
===Scope===&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers detailing, fabricating, supplying and placing of reinforcing steel and acces-sories for all cast in place and precast concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the correctness of bar schedules before arranging for the supply, cutting and bending of steel reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
The following submissions are required by this Specification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Test certificates&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer’s test certificates for each delivery of reinforcing steel.  Each certificate shall show the country of origin and test.&lt;br /&gt;
Welding procedure tests.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Welder qualification tests.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Data&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer's data on accessories and mechanical couplings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Drawings&lt;br /&gt;
All reinforcement drawings and bending schedules prepared by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Steel Reinforcement===&lt;br /&gt;
Steel for reinforcement shall be of the following kinds in accordance to DIN 488 and DIN 1045.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Type	-  IG	-	untreated plain round mild steel bars 220/340 GU&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Type	-  IR	-	untreated deformed round mild steel bars 220/340 RU&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Type	-  IIIU	-	untreated deformed round high yield steel bars 420/500 RU&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Type	-  IV G	-	welded hard drawn steel wire and other cold worked high bond barfabric500/550 GK&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessories===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall supply all accessories such as reinforcing steel supports, hold-downs, spreaders, hangers, tie wire and all other incidentals necessary to complete an acceptable installation of all concrete reinforcement.  All accessories shall be of steel with the exception of spacers to maintain concrete cover to reinforcement against formed or blinded surfaces which shall be of concrete of same texture, colour and composition as cast-in-place concrete.  Concrete spacers shall be in the form of a truncated cone or pyramid and shall be used with the larger face towards the reinforcing steel.  The smaller face of a truncated cone or pyramid shall have minimum dimension of 50 mm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Dowel shall be of the same size and spacing as bars with which they are lapped.  Unless otherwise noted, the lap and embedment shall be 64 times bar diameter minimum of each.  Dowels shall be wired or otherwise held in position.  Dowels shall be installed prior to placing concrete.  They shall not be placed into freshly placed concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Detailing===&lt;br /&gt;
Steel reinforcement shall be as shown on the approved drawings.  The Contractor shall be responsible for checking the drawings before cutting and bending reinforcement.  When any information relating to reinforcement is missing or apparently incorrect, the Contractor shall remedy the missing or incorrect information to the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutting and Bending of Reinforcement===&lt;br /&gt;
Bars shall be cut and bent in accordance with the provisions of DIN 1045. All bending shall be done cold with the use of an approved bending machine.  Rebending of bars will not be permitted.  Cut and bent bars shall be bundled and labelled for positive identification with the drawings and bending schedules, until they are incorporated into the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Storage of Reinforcing Bars and Fabric===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall stack separately and label different types of reinforcement for positive identi-fication.  Steel reinforcing bars shall be kept clean and shall be free from pitting, loose rust, mill scale, oil, grease, earth, paint, or any other material, which may impair the bond between the concrete and the reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing steel shall be stored and fabricated under cover on wooden or concrete supports such that the steel is elevated from the ground surface by a minimum of 150 mm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Storage of Prestressing Wire and Bars===&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to complying with the above storage requirements, the Contractor shall ensure that pre-stressing wire and bars are protected from mechanical damage by storing on time supports above a concrete slab, and shall ensure that during storage the wire and bars are kept properly coated with water soluble oil inside protective wrappings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fixing of Reinforcement===&lt;br /&gt;
All reinforcement shall be securely and accurately fixed in positions shown on the approved drawings using approved spacer blocks or chairs.  All intersections of bars shall be secured by using suitable clips or annealed iron wire, the ends being turned into the body of the concrete.  The Contractor shall ensure that all reinforcement is maintained in position at all times, particular care being taken during placing of concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete cover to reinforcement shall be as specified in the table below.  Correct concrete cover to reinforcement shall be maintained with the aid of approved spacer pieces.&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement in slabs shall be maintained in position by means of chairs at 90 cm centres maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcement in walls with two layers of reinforcement shall be maintained in position by using 6 mm U or Z-shaped spacers at 180 cm centres maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No part of the reinforcement shall be used to support formwork, access ways, working platforms, or the placing equipment or for the conducting of an electric current.  Welding of reinforcement is subject to the Engineer' s permission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Concrete Cover===&lt;br /&gt;
Except as otherwise shown on the approved drawings reinforcement shall be installed with clearance coverage in centimetres as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• All surfaces in contact with water or placed against soil 5.0 cm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Underside of slabs over water in enclosed conduits and beams and columns not exposed to soil or water	4.0 cm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Surfaces exposed to air and all interior surfaces in pipe galleries and dry rooms 3.0 cm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances===&lt;br /&gt;
Tolerances in placing reinforcement shall be:&lt;br /&gt;
• for members 60 cm or less in depth	 0.5 cm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• for members more than 60 cm in depth	 1.5 cm &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspection and Testing===&lt;br /&gt;
When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall take samples from reinforcement delivered to site and shall arrange for the samples to be tested by an approved testing agency.  Test certificates from that agency shall be submitted to the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Engineer or his authorized representative may require witnessing such testing and also routine testing at the manufacturer's works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall be responsible for all checking and inspection of reinforcement before preparations for placing concrete are offered for inspection by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Straightening===&lt;br /&gt;
Reinforcing steel shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner that will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approval by Engineer===&lt;br /&gt;
In no case shall any reinforcing steel be covered by concrete until the amount and position of the reinforcement have been checked by the Engineer and his permission given to proceed with concreting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formwork==&lt;br /&gt;
===Scope===&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers the supply, erection and removal of formwork, the finishes to be attained and the remedial action to be taken to the finished concrete after removal of formwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit calculations and designs for formwork including layout of panels, before fabrication has commenced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
Formwork shall be constructed of timber, sheet metal or other approved material.  The Contractor shall also furnish all struts, braces and ties to withstand the placing and vibrating of concrete and the effects of weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except as otherwise expressly approved by the Engineer, all material brought on the job site as forms, struts or braces shall be new material.  All forms shall be smooth surface forms and shall be of good quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each class of finish the Contractor shall provide sample panels to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If the sample panels do not meet the requirements, the Contractor shall perform new samples.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample panels shall be not less than 0.30 m thick and about 2 m2 in area.&lt;br /&gt;
All surface finishes of constructed concrete shall be equal to the sample panels approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Ties===&lt;br /&gt;
Form ties for use in water-retaining structures shall incorporate a diaphragm not less than 50 mm diameter welded to the mid point of the tie, designed to prevent water passing along the tie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form ties with integral waterstops shall be provided in a cork or other suitable means for forming a conical hole to ensure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete.  The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties, or of other removable form tie fasteners having a circular cross section, shall not exceed 40 mm and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming.  Holes left by the removal of fasteners having a circular cross section, shall not exceed 40 mm and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave hole of regular shape for reaming.  Holes left by the removal of fasteners from the ends of snap-ties or form ties shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough before being filled with mortar. Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted.  No form-tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the concrete, not shall any tie be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete member.  The use of snap-ties which cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal will not be permitted.  If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste.  Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 50 mm back from the surface in the case of reinforced concrete and 150 mm in the case of unreinforced concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Number of Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be provided to permit the required rate of progress to be maintained. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional forms are necessary to maintain the progress schedule, such additional forms shall be provided by the Contractor at his own expense.  The design and inspection of concrete forms, false work and shoring shall comply with the applicable standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Design===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy and safety of formwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete.  Suitable and effective means shall be provided on all forms for holding adjacent ends of panels and section rightly together and in accurate alignment so as to prevent the formation or ridges, fins, offsets, or similar surface defects in the finished concrete.  Plywood, 15 mm and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete.  The forms shall be tight so as to prevent the loss of water, cement and fins during placing and vibrating of the concrete. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms.  The size, number and location of such clean-outs shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On formwork to external faces which will be permanently exposed, all horizontal and vertical form-work joints shall be so arranged that joint lines shall form a uniform pattern on the face of the concrete.  The Contractor shall make up the formwork from standard sized manufactured formwork panels, the size of such panels shall be approved by the Engineer before they are used in the construction of the work.  The finished appearance of the entire elevation of the structure and adjoining structures shall be considered when planning the pattern of joint lines caused by formwork and by construction joints to ensure continuity of horizontal and vertical lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other than those shown on the approved drawings, except as may be approved by the Engineer.  When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location and tightening of ties at top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory effect whatsoever on the concrete.  Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless otherwise shown, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with 20 mm x 20 mm chamfers.  Re-entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vertical Surfaces===&lt;br /&gt;
All vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is called for on the drawings or explicitly authorized by the Engineer.  Permission for placing concrete against trimmed ground in lieu of forms will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formed Surfaces - Class of Finish===&lt;br /&gt;
Finishes to formed surfaces shall be classified as Fl, F2 or F3 as finish specified in elsewhere.  Where the class of finish is not specified the concrete shall be finished to class F2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Erection of Formwork===&lt;br /&gt;
All formwork shall be soundly constructed, firmly supported, adequately strutted, braced and tied to withstand the placing and vibrating of concrete and the effects of weather.  Formwork shall not be tied to or supported by reinforcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faces of formwork in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering foreign matter, projecting nails and the like, splits or other defects, and all form-work shall be clean and free from standing water, dirt, shavings, chippings or other foreign matter.  Joints shall be sufficiently watertight to prevent the escape of mortar or the formation of fins or other blemishes on the face of the concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All exposed exterior angles on the finished concrete of 90 degrees or less shall be given 20 mm by 20 mm chamfers.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formwork shall be provided for the top surfaces of sloping work where the slope exceeds 15 degrees from the horizontal  (except where such top surface is specified as spaded finish) and shall be anchored to enable the concrete to be properly compacted and to prevent air being trapped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formwork in contact with the concrete shall be treated with a suitable non-staining mould oil prior to reinforcement and concrete placement to prevent adherence of the concrete except where the surface is subsequently to be rendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Care shall be taken to prevent the oil from coming in contact with reinforcement or with concrete at construction joints.  Surface retarding agents shall not be used unless approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
Where ties are built into the concrete for the purpose of supporting formwork, the whole or part of any such supports shall be capable of removal so that no part remaining embedded in the concrete shall be nearer than 50 mm from the surface in the case of reinforced concrete and 150 mm in the case of unreinforced concrete.  Holes left after removal of such supports shall be neatly filled with well rammed dry-packed mortar.&lt;br /&gt;
Openings for inspection of the inside of the formwork, for the removal of water used for washing down and for placing concrete shall be provided and so formed as to be easily closed before or during placing concrete.  Before placing concrete all bolts, pipes or conduits or any other fixtures which are to be built in shall be held fast by fixing to the formwork or otherwise.  Holes shall not be cut in any concrete without prior approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Maintenance of Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Forms shall be maintained at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness and smoothness of surface.  Forms, when in place, shall conform to the established alignment and grades.  Before concrete is placed, the forms shall be thoroughly cleaned.  The forms' surfaces shall be treated with a non-staining mineral oil or other lubricant approved by the Engineer.  Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete.  In addition, all forms shall be given a preliminary oil treatment by the manufacturer or shall be oiled by the Contractor at least two weeks in advance of their use.  Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete.  Forms may be re-used if in good condition and if approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light sanding between uses shall be required wherever necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to obtain uniform surface texture on all exposed concrete surfaces.  Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surfaces, which are permanently exposed to view.  In the case of forms for the inside wall surfaces of hydraulic structures, unused tie rod holes shall be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Removal of Formwork===&lt;br /&gt;
Formwork shall be so designed as to permit easy removal without resorting to hammering or levering against the surface of the concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The period of time elapsing between the placing of the concrete and the striking of the formwork shall be as approved by the Engineer after consideration of the loads likely to be imposed on the concrete and shall in any case be not less than the period stated in DIN1045.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage arising from removal of formwork before the structure is capable of carrying its own weight and any incidental loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Building in Plant===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall erect all formwork, struts and other temporary work to enable plant to be built in, and such formwork shall be designed to allow placing of the concrete, mortar or grout so as to fill the voids completely, and to enable air to escape from any cavities during filling.  The formwork shall be sealed against pipework and other items of plant to prevent leakage of grout.  Formwork shall be supported independently of all plant and pipework.  The Contractor shall use such templates and moulds as are necessary to achieve the accurate positioning of such items as penstocks and access cover.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspection and Testing===&lt;br /&gt;
Before concrete is placed against any formwork, the formwork shall be inspected by the Contractor and offered for inspection and approval by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a “pour-card” system is in operation, the card shall be signed by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer with the request for inspection of the formwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
===Construction Joints===&lt;br /&gt;
A construction joints is defined as a joint in the concrete introduced for convenience in construction at which special measures are taken to achieve subsequent continuity without provision for further relative movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete placed to form the face of a construction joint shall have all laitance removed and the large aggregate exposed prior to the placing of fresh concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The laitance shall wherever practicable be removed when the concrete has set but not hardened by spraying the concrete surface with water under pressure or brushing with a wire brush sufficient to remove the outer mortar skin and expose the large aggregate without being disturbed.  Where the laitance cannot be removed due to hardening of the concrete, the whole of the concrete surface forming the joint shall be treated by high pressure water jet, sand blasting, use of a needle gun or a scaling hammer to remove the surface laitance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Performance of Construction Joints and Lifts===&lt;br /&gt;
General&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bonding shall be required at all joints in walls, except where otherwise shown or specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Concrete next to waterstops shall be placed in accordance with below.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Construction joint sealant&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where required, construction joints in floor slabs shall be formed with grooves which shall be filled with a construction joint sealant.  The materials used for forming the grooves shall be left in the grooves until just before the grooves are cleaned and filled with joint sealant.  After removing the form from the grooves, all laitance and fins shall be removed and the grooves shall be sandblasted.  The grooves shall be allowed to become thoroughly dry, after which they shall be blown out, immediately thereafter, they shall be primed and filled with the construction joint sealant.  The primer used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer supplying the sealant.  No sealant will be permitted to be used without a primer.  Care shall be used to completely fill the sealant grooves.  Areas designated to receive a sealant fillet shall be thoroughly cleaned, as outlined for the grooves, prior to application of the sealant.  The sealant shall be two-pack polyurethane polymer designed for bounding to concrete which is continuously submerged in water.  No material will be acceptable which has an unsatisfactory history as to bond or durability when used in the joints of hydraulic structures.  Prior to ordering the sealant material, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval sufficient data to show general compliance with the specification requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
The material shall meet the following requirements:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Work life 45-90 mins. time to reach “A” hardness (at 250C, 200 gr quantity) 20 hrs max.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Ultimate hardness	20-40 shore &amp;quot;A'&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Tensile strength1	16 kg/cm2 mm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Ultimate elongation	400   5 mins.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• Tear resistance:	120 kg per cm of thickness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively a two-pack polysulphide may be used as a sealant.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Certified test reports from the sealant manufacturer on the actual batch of material being supplied indicating compliance with the above requirements shall be furnished to the Engineer before the sealant is used on the job. The primer and sealant shall be placed strictly in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, taking special care to properly mix the sealant prior to applica-tion. Before any sealant is placed, the persons carrying out the work shall be carefully instructed as to the proper method of application. All sealant shall cure at least 7 days before the structure is filled with water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterstops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Materials and manufacture&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Central waterstops shall have 10 mm thick webs and be extruded from an elastomeric polyvinylchloride compound containing the necessary plasticisers, resins, stabilizers and other materials necessary to meet the requirements of these Specifications. No reclaimed or scrap material shall be used. The waterstop manufacturer shall furnish to the Engi¬neer current test reports and a written certifica¬tion that the material to be supplied meets the following physical requirements:&lt;br /&gt;
	Unit	                                    Value&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Physical property (sheet material):		&lt;br /&gt;
Tensile strength	mm (kg/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)	            120&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ultimate elongation	mm  (%)	                            350&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Stiffness in flexure	mm(kg/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)	             28&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28 Accelerated extraction:		&lt;br /&gt;
Tensile strength	mm (kg/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)	            105&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ultimate elongation	mm  (%)	                            300&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finished waters top:		&lt;br /&gt;
Tensile strength	mm (kg/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)	            100&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ultimate elongation	mm  (%)                             280&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splices and joints&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to use of the waterstop material in the field, a cross section sample of a fabricated waterstop of each size or shape to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.  These samples shall be fabricated so that the material and workmanship represent in all respect the fittings to be furnished under this contract. When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 42 kg/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field splices and joints shall be made in accordance with the waterstop manufacturer's instructions using a thermostatically controlled heating iron.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flat-steel waterstops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For flat-steel waterstops the thickness shall be less than 5 mm.  Adequate means shall be provided for anchoring the waterstop in concrete.  In placing flat-steel waterstops in the forms, means shall be provided to prevent them from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed.  Horizontal waterstops shall be held in place with continuous supports to which the top edge of the waterstop shall be tacked.  Vertical waterstops shall be held in place with light wire ties at 45 cm centres which shall be passed through the edge of the waterstop and tied to the two curtains of reinforcing steel.  In placing concrete around waterstops, concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand so as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Movement Joints Generally===&lt;br /&gt;
Movement joints for expansion and contraction shall be constructed in accordance with the details and to the dimensions shown on the approved drawings or where otherwise ordered by the Engineer and shall be formed of the elements specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall pay particular attention to the effects of climatic extremes about the works on any material which he may desire to use in any movement joints and shall submit for approval by the Engineer his proposals for the proper storage handling and use of the said materials having due regard to any recommendations in this connection made by manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterstops shall conform to the requirements specified elsewhere.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Waterstops shall be incorporated into all expansion and contraction joints in units which retain or exclude liquids.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of waterstop material shall not be used together in any complete installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Waterstops shall be fabricated into the longest practical units at the supplier's works and shall be continuous throughout the structure below highest water level.  Intersections and joints shall be factory made where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterstops shall be carefully maintained in the position and supported on accurately profiled stop boards to create rigid conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint filler shall be either cork/bitumen joint filler or cellular joint filler.  Cork/bitumen joint filler shall be waterproof and rot proof and shall not extrude as a result of compression.  Cork joint filler shall compress to less than 50 % of its original thickness with immediate recovery to 80 % or more of its original thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cellular joint filler shall be used only for joints of low horizontal loading and shall be a preformed low compression joint filler made from foam rubber.  Cellular joint filler shall recover to its original thickness after each loading and unloading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The joint filler shall be fixed to the required dimensions of the joint cross section and shall provide a firm base for the joint sealer.  Where the depth of joint between the concrete surface and the waterstop does not exceed 500 mm, a filler shall be placed in single depth sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sealing of movement joints shall be carried out only when adjacent concrete surfaces are perfectly dry and as long after the concrete has been set as possible.  Immediately before the application of the joint sealer the groove protection batten shall be removed in such lengths as represent a single day's work for sealing the joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The joint grooves shall be cleaned, adequately primed and filled with approved sealer strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and on joints of 25 mm and larger with a shape factor of 2:1 (width to depth).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On permanently exposed areas of structures joint sealing is to be carried out with the aid of masking tape to form neatly defined surface limits to the sealer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sliding Planes===&lt;br /&gt;
Sliding planes on the concrete and joint blinding layers shall consist of a bitumen sand mixture 1 to 4 by volume spread evenly 3 mm thick over the carpet coat or of building paper either of which shall be applied immediately before the structural floor is concreted and shall be at all times suitably pro¬tected. Where building paper is used the concrete formation carpet shall be finished with a steel trowel to give a smooth surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sliding joints shall consist of two layers of purpose made preformed plastic membrane which when in contact shall give a coefficient of friction of not more than 0.2 when subjected to a load of 270 Kg/m2. Where formed in concrete structures the lower joint bedding surface shall be steel float finished to a smooth true surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DIN_SPECIFICATIONS&amp;diff=3200</id>
		<title>DIN SPECIFICATIONS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=DIN_SPECIFICATIONS&amp;diff=3200"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T13:39:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* DIN SPECIFICATIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Din specifications =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification sets out, but not limited to, the main DIN standards to be used by Contractor for the design, construction, supply and erection of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design Nomenclature==&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  1080	Definitions, formula-signs and technical units for civil works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  1356  	Drawings for civil works&lt;br /&gt;
==Design Loads==&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  1055	Design loads for civil works (general), characteristic values of soil, traffic loads, wind load&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  1072  	Design loads for bridges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4112	Design loads for mobile structures subsoil and foundation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  1054	Subsoil; design loads&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4014 	Piling&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4017 	Calculations for foundation failure&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4018 	Calculation of s6il pressure below spread foundation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4019  	Calculation of settlements&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4021	Exploration of subsoil&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN   4026	Driving piles&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4084	Calculations of Slope failure&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4095	Subsoil; drainage&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4124	Subsoil and trenches; slopes, working spaces, supporting&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	DIN  4085	Subsoil; calculation of earth pressure at retaining walls&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Reinforced Concrete==&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  1045	Concrete and reinforced concrete, dimensioning and performance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  1048	Quality tests of concrete&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  1164	Cement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4226	Concrete aggregates; definitions, sizes, quality requirements and testing&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  488	Reinforcing steel; dimensions, quality requirements, marking and testing&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4099	Welding of Reinforcing steel&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  1084	Quality control for concrete&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Timber Works And Scaffolding==&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  1052	Timber works; performance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  68800	Protective coating for woodwork&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4074	Construction timber; quality requirements&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4420	Scaffolding; calculations and performance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Steelwork==&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4114	Steelwork; basis for calculation, instructions, terms of reference&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  15018	Steel construction; basis for design and performance, calculations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18800	Steel construction; dimensioning, construction, welding&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4102	Fire capability of structural elements&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18230	Fire resistance of structural elements&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Waterproofing==&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18795	Waterproofing for structures; general, materials, dimensioning and performance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Masonry Work==&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 1053	Masonry work; calculations and performance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Codes Of Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18300	Earthworks&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18301	Drilling works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18303	Excavation lining&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18304	Driving works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18305	Groundwater lowering&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18330	Masonry works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18331	Concrete and reinforced concrete&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18332	Natural stonework&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18333	Artificial stonework&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18334	 Carpentry&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18336	Waterproofing against moisture&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18337	Waterproofing against pressurized&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18338	Roofing&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18339	Plumbing works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18350	Plastering&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18352	Tiling&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18353	Screeding works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18354	Bituminous paving&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18355	Joinery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18361	Glazing&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18363	Painting works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18365	Flooring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18379	Ventilation works&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18381	Sanitary installation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=EARTHWORKS&amp;diff=3199</id>
		<title>EARTHWORKS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://design.maji.go.tz/index.php?title=EARTHWORKS&amp;diff=3199"/>
		<updated>2022-07-21T13:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Juma: /* EARTHWORKS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Earthworks=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: justify&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
===Scope===&lt;br /&gt;
This Specification covers the requirements for site clearance, demolition, excavation, shoring, backfilling, compaction, importation or exportation of materials, placing and compacting fill for embankments and other related earthworks required for structural works and installation of pipelines and appurtenances as specified.  The work shall also include the placing of rip rap or stone pitching for bank protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definitions===&lt;br /&gt;
The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them:&lt;br /&gt;
“topsoil” means any surface material, including turf, suitable for use in soiling areas to be grassed or cultivated (class 1, DIN 18300).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“rock” 	is defined as material occurring in solid un-weathered banks or layers which, in the opinion of the Engineer, can only be removed by blasting, percussion drilling, wedging or splitting. Boulders exceeding one cubic metre in volume shall be classified as “rock” (class 7, DIN 18300).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Subsoil” any material other than topsoil and rock shall be classified as (class 2-6, DIN 18300).&lt;br /&gt;
means excavation in open cut (excluding trench excavation) down to levels specified on the drawings or otherwise as being the general levels after completion of excavation other than incidental excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“trench excavation” means excavation, to levels and limits specified on the drawings or otherwise, of trenches into which pipes and the like are to be laid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“incidental excavation”	means excavation (generally in small quantities) below or outside the limits of normal excavation and trench excavation, but excluding excess excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“excess excavation”  means excavation outside the limits specified for normal, trench or incidental excavation. Excess excavation shall not qualify for any extra payment.&lt;br /&gt;
If the Contractor encounters material other than that specified and which requires another performance procedure he shall be entitled for additional price negotiations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Standards And Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall carry out works described in this Specification in accordance with the appropriate DIN standards or equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
The main standards for the execution are, but are not limited by, the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  4124	Building pits and trenches&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18300	General technical code for earthworks&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN  18303	General technical code for excavation lining&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
===Levels To Be Recorded===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the surface of any part of the site is disturbed or the works thereon are begun, the contractor shall take and record levels of any such part, in the manner specified or as agreed with the Engineer in his presence.  Such levels, when agrees with the Engineer, are the basis for measurement.  The Contractor shall also take and record such other levels and dimensions as are necessary during the progress of excavation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Excess Excavation To Be Made Good===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor at his own expense shall remove from the site all material resulting from excess excavation and shall make good the same with such kind of fill material or in such class of concrete as may be reasonably required by the Engineer having regard to the circumstances. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explosives===&lt;br /&gt;
Explosives, if needed, shall not be used without the prior consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall ensure that all shots are adequately covered so that no damage can occur through flying rock fragments.  He shall be responsible for any damage or claim arising through the use of explosive.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall observe all laws, regulations and ordinances and make necessary applications for permits and give all necessary notices for the use, carrying and storage of explosives.  The storage and handling of explosives is under control of the Tanzanian Army who normally set and place explosives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temporary Fencing And Protection=== &lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall have particular regard to the safety of persons and livestock and shall ensure that all open excavations, access routes and steep or loose slopes arising from the Contractor’s operations are adequately fenced and protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Safety Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor is responsible for all necessary safety measures.  From the commencement of the work until final acceptance the Contractor shall strictly follow the safety regulations in order to prevent accidents.&lt;br /&gt;
Proper strutting, sheeting and bracing, including pre-arrangement of the installations when necessary, protection of slopes, methods of excavation to reduce risks of slides, etc., shall be deemed to be included in the rates and prices entered for other items in the Schedule of Prices.  In the event of soil slides occurring during earth and rock work all damage will be at the expense of the Contractor.  The additional moving of soil resulting from such damage will not be paid for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation of Sites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Site Clearance===&lt;br /&gt;
All areas of the site, marked on the drawings for clearance or from which material is to be excavated or upon which filling is to be deposited, shall be cleared of all buildings, walls, gates, fences and other structures and obstructions and of all bushes, hedges, trees, stumps, roots and other vegetation, except for trees marked for preservation.  Material so cleared shall so far as suitable be reserved and stacked for further use but shall otherwise be disposed of at the site at locations to be found by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trees And Stumps===&lt;br /&gt;
Where directed by the Engineer trees shall be uprooted or cut down as near to subsoil level as possible. Branches and foliage shall be removed and disposed of off the site at locations to be found by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stumps and roots whether existing or remaining after tree felling shall, where directed by the Engineer, be grubbed out and disposed of off the site at locations to be found by the Contractor.  The resulting hole shall be filled with approved material and well compacted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stripping Topsoil===&lt;br /&gt;
Topsoil shall be stripped from areas of excavation to such depths and over such areas as may be needed, as a separate operation prior to any further excavation which may be required.  Topsoil shall be stored in tidy, stable and well-drained spoil tips until required for topsoiling.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information refer to clause “Spoil tops on site”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demolition Works===&lt;br /&gt;
Existing structures on site which the Engineer may order to be demolished or may require to be removed for the construction of the permanent works shall be demolished to the extent necessary to construct the various units to a depth of 0.5 m below the finished subsoil level when not otherwise required in the particular specification.&lt;br /&gt;
Before commencing demolition work on any unit the Contractor shall ensure that all services to that unit have been disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excavation==&lt;br /&gt;
===General Excavation===&lt;br /&gt;
General excavation means excavation, whether normal or incidental, required for structures, road works, trenches and borrow areas.&lt;br /&gt;
Where nominal “payment” limits of excavation are not shown on the drawings or not otherwise specified they shall be deemed to be the minimum net limits which would allow the outline of the completed structures to be lowered vertically from subsoil level into its final position.  The Contractor shall make his own allowance for any working space required, and any excavation outside the aforesaid limits which has not been ordered by the Engineer, whether it be excavated to suit the Contractor’s method of working or unavoidable over break or due to his carelessness or error, shall be held to be excess excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Maintaining And Supporting Other Services And Structures===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all watercourses, sewers, drains, gas pipes, water pipes, electricity and telecommunication cables, other services and structures encountered during the con¬struction of the works and for any remedial measures necessary to make good any damage arising out of the construction of the works.  He shall temporarily support or divert and subsequently reinstate all such services and structures to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the appropriate authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as an existing service is encountered in the excavation the Contractor shall forthwith call the attention of the Engineer and the appropriate utilities service authority thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where permanent diversion or support is rendered necessary as the unavoidable result of the construction of the works in accordance with the Contract or where in the opinion of the Engineer the position of existing services warrants temporary diversion or support the Engineer will instruct the Contractor accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding any relevant information furnished by the Employer or the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining, from his own inspection of the site and from the respective supply authorities and other public bodies and by excavating trial pits, the position of all mains, pipes and cables whether underground or overhead, within or near the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===High Water Table To Be Expected===&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that the high level of the water table may present problems during excavation.  The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the extent of this problem and make due allowance in his tender for draining and maintaining all works in a dry condition during construction.  Water removed from excavations must not be allowed to cause nuisance or damage to traffic or any public or private property or service.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally all dewatering arising shall be pumped to drains and under no circumstances shall they be discharged into any part of the sewerage system or an irrigation canal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All proposed methods for dewatering excavations shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval.  The responsibility for dewatering rests with the Contractor for the duration of the Contract.  Care shall be exercised during dewatering so that no material in or around the excavations is disturbed as a result of dewatering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall include for the necessary diversion of all natural and artificial waterways encoun-tered in the work.&lt;br /&gt;
Land drains may be used to lead away from the site any springs encountered during excavation.  The Contractor shall seek the Engineer’s approval for the type and routing of any such drains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall take care to avoid undermining any part of the works or other properties by pumping but should undermining occur he shall immediately make good the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where the Contractor considers it desirable to place the construction on a layer of waterproof paper he shall obtain prior approval of the Engineer but all costs related to the provision and use of such paper shall be borne by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Excavation To Be Kept Free From Water===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall keep all excavations free from water and sewage whether caused by tides, floods, storms or otherwise so that the works shall be constructed in dry conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall keep the sub-soil or accumulated water at a level lower than the bottom of the perma¬nent work for such a period as required by the provisions of this Specification and the Contractor’s method of construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event of the Contractor requiring drainage grips channels or sub-drains the Engineer will permit these to be constructed below the level of and within the width limits of the permanent work provided he has approved the details of the Contractor’s proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any sub-drainage that the Contractor constructs below the permanent works shall if left in place be made to provide support at least equal to the permanent support.  Ballast filled sub-drains underneath permanent in-situ concrete shall be covered with a water-proof membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No sub-drainage pipes shall be left in place unless they are sealed with concrete or other approved material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No water shall be discharged into any watercourse without the Contractor having first obtained all necessary consent and the permission in writing of the Engineer and such permission shall not be granted unless the Contractor shall have provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer an efficient settling basin or sand trap through which all such water shall pass before discharge into the said watercourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trial Pits===&lt;br /&gt;
The Engineer may direct that trial pits shall be excavated well ahead of excavation to such depths, as he shall order to determine the location of the works. Such excavation shall be held to be incidental excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supporting Excavations===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall support the sides and ends of all excavations including trench excavations to prevent any fall or run from any portion of the ground outside the excavation and to prevent settlement or damage to structures adjacent to the excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain all materials necessary to provide such support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, for any reason, any portion of the bottoms, sides or ends of any excavations shall give way the Contractor shall take all necessary remedial measures including the excavation and removal of all the subsoil thereby disturbed both inside and outside the nominal limits of excavations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the Contractor proposes to perform excavations with sloping faces (other than sloping excavations shown on the drawings or required as permanent features of the works) and without shoring, the excavated faces shall be to stable slopes and heights. Full details shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shoring===&lt;br /&gt;
When the material being excavated has bedding planes inclined towards the trench, adequate shoring must be carried out immediately after excavation.  Particular care should be taken with earth, which, though firm when trenched, may be rendered unstable by rain or seepage of groundwater.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the width of the trench is unavoidably increased by slipping or collapsing of the sides of the trench, work should be suspended and the Engineer informed of the occurrence, in order that the design of the pipeline may be reviewed in the light of the increased trench width and, if necessary, the class of bedding amended accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of shoring to be used is left to the discretion of the Contractor.  He will be fully respon¬sible for the stability and the effectiveness of the shoring.  Costs for shoring shall be included in rates and prices entered for other items in the Schedule of Prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disposition Of Excavated Material===&lt;br /&gt;
Subject to any specific requirements of the Contract the disposition of excavated material shall be at the Contractor’s discretion but shall be so arranged as to suit the overall requirements for the construction of the works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall ensure that no excavated material which is suitable for and is required for re-use in the works is disposed of outside the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “excavation” shall be deemed to include for disposing of excavated material within the site in any of the following ways:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Backfilling to excavations and completed structures (except where such backfilling is specified as special filling) using suitable excavated material and including placing in temporary spoil tips and any double handling required all as specified hereafter; or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Transporting and placing (approved) excavated material in permanent spoil  tips, including the shaping and drainage of such tips all as specified hereafter; or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Transporting selected excavated material to locations within the site where embankments are to be constructed or where filling around structures is specified to be constructed as embankment including tipping ready for spreading and compacting; or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Transporting excavated material off the site all as specified hereafter&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spoil Tips On Site===&lt;br /&gt;
Only material which is approved by the Engineer shall be placed in the various spoil tips.  No tree trunks, stumps, roots, branches or rubbish of any kind shall be placed in spoil tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary spoil tips may be used to store excavated material as required and shall be arranged by the Contractor subject to the Engineer’s approval having regard to any particular requirements of the Contract.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary spoil tips shall be so shaped as to maintain stability and good drainage at all times.Topsoil stripped from the site shall be stored in separate spoil tips for use in reinstatement or landscaping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disposal of Excavated Material (Off-Site)===&lt;br /&gt;
Excavated material which is not required or is unsuitable for re-use in the works shall be disposed of off-site at locations to be found by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material to be disposed shall become the property of the Contractor and he shall be entirely responsible for its removal from the site and ultimate disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disposal of Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
The disposal by the Contractor of materials arising from site clearance or from excavations shall be undertaken as work progresses so that the site is kept free from unnecessary obstruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trimming Excavations and Blinding===&lt;br /&gt;
All foundation surfaces must be levelled, profiled and compacted, either by suitable materials or concrete in such a manner that further execution of works will not disturb the foundation surface.  If not mentioned otherwise in  this  Specification, all foundation surfaces shall be protected by a minimum 10 cm thick concrete layer (blinding) immediately upon completion of the excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspection by the Engineer===&lt;br /&gt;
When the specified levels or limits of excavation are reached the Engineer will inspect the subsoil exposed, and if he considers that any part of the subsoil is by its nature unsuitable he may direct the Contractor to excavate further.  Such further excavation shall be refilled to the specified levels or limits with class B 10 concrete, or with approved selected imported material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should the material forming the bottom of any excavation, whilst acceptable to the Engineer at the time of his inspection, subsequently become unacceptable to him due to exposure to weather conditions or due to flooding or have become puddled, soft or loose during the progress of the works, the Contractor shall remove such damaged, softened or loosened material and excavate further by hand.  Such further excavation shall be held to be excess excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The omission by the Engineer to give an instruction under this clause shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for defects in the works due to the construction being placed upon an unsuitable formation if prior to the construction of the work the Contractor shall have failed to call the attention of the Engineer thereto in writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Excavation beneath Structures===&lt;br /&gt;
Except where otherwise specified for a particular structure or ordered by the Engineer, excavation shall be carried out to the grade of the bottom of the footing, slab or drain rock layer.  Where ordered, areas beneath structures shall be over-excavated.  After the required excavation or over-excavation has been completed, the exposed surface shall be scarified to a depth of 15 cm, brought to optimum moisture content and compacted to 100 % of maximum density in accordance with the appropriate DIN standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Excavation beneath Structure Paved Areas===&lt;br /&gt;
Excavation under areas to be paced shall extend to the bottom of the aggregate base, if such base is called for; otherwise it shall extend to the paving thickness.  After the required excavation has been completed, the exposed surface shall be scarified to a depth of 15 cm, brought to optimum moisture contents, and compacted to 98 % of maximum density in accordance with the appropriate DIN standard or equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Over-Excavation for Structures===&lt;br /&gt;
Extreme care shall be taken in order to prevent over-excavation. If any part is over-excavated, it must be made up to the required level with class B 10 concrete.  The Contractor shall bear all costs for such work in the event of over-excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trench Excavation===&lt;br /&gt;
Trench excavation means excavation of trenches into which inter-connections to be laid and the term pipes shall means inter-connections of all kinds and for whatever purpose and shall include pipe and cable connection among the structures but shall not include trenches for long distance transport lines.  Requirements for trenches for long distance transport pipelines are stated in the clause “Trenches for transport lines”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trenches For Inter-Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless otherwise shown or ordered, excavation for inter-connections shall be open-cut trenches.  The bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe or cable, where necessary, to the bottom of the sand bedding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bedding shall be as required by the kind of pipes or cables (preparation of foundation surface accordingly).&lt;br /&gt;
All trenches shall be in accordance to DIN 4124 and DIN 18303.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The depth of trench will always be measured from the final surface level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation of Trench for Inter-Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
Where the pipeline is to be bedded on natural earth, a continuous trough should be excavated, trimmed to the required line and grade, and shaped to fit the pipe barrel over the appropriate width.  Recesses should be provided in the trench bottom to accommodate couplings so that only the pipe barrel bears on the prepared bed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the pipeline is to be laid on a bed of fine granular material, the trench bottom shall be trimmed to accommodate the required width and depth of fine granular material.  The fine granular material shall then be placed, compacted, and trimmed, in accordance with clause “Compaction tests”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All pipes shall be laid in trenches excavated in undisturbed soil. Under no circumstances may pipes be laid in non-compacted backfill.  The Engineer reserves the right to change depth and grade indicated on the drawings, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trenches for Transport Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
Trenches for transport pipelines means trenches for long distance transport pipelines and cables except where the context clearly renders this inapplicable. Trenches for inter-connections shall not be included.  The line and level of trenches shall be as shown on the drawings or as may be directed by the Engineer.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before commencing trench excavation, the routes of trenches shall be pegged out accurately and the natural  subsoil  levels shall be agreed with the Engineer.  Strong sight rails shall then be fixed and maintained at each change of gradient, and at as many intermediate points as may be necessary. On these rails shall be marked the centre line and the level to which the excavation is to be carried out, such rails being not more than 40 m apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Excavation For Transport Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
Trench excavation shall be carried out in accordance to DIN 4124 and DIN 18303.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sides of trench excavation shall be vertical unless the Engineer permits otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any widening or deepening of  trench excavations necessary to accommodate curves, joints or bends in the pipe or to provide extra working space for the construction thereof  shall be held to be excess excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
All excavation and other work carried out within the limits of any highway shall be completed as rapidly as possible and not more than half of the width of the carriageway shall be obstructed at one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Engineer will normally direct that trench excava¬tion in highways shall be located in the verges rather than in the carriageway.  In any event the Contractor shall take special precautions, which shall include the continuous support of the sides of the excavation, from the time when excavation is begun until the refilling of the trench is completed, to ensure that there is no disturbance of the adjacent road or road foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where excavated material has temporarily been depos¬ited on a grass margin, the margin shall on completion of refilling be restored entirely to its original condition and left free from loose stones.&lt;br /&gt;
The term “fields” includes fields, grass verges and the like and all private lands, and no excavation located in fields shall be commenced until suitable temporary fencing has been erected around such length.&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary fencing shall not be removed without the permission of the Engineer which will not normally be given until the excavation has been refilled and reinstated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation of Trench for Transport Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
The following procedures shall be observed prior to laying any pipes.&lt;br /&gt;
Where bedding material is required, all shattered and loose material shall be removed from the bottom of the trench excavation so that the bedding material rests on a solid and clean foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trenches not to be Left Open===&lt;br /&gt;
Trench excavation both for inter-connections and transport lines shall be carried out expeditiously and, subject to any specific requirements of the Contract, the refilling and surface reinstatement of trench excavation shall be commenced and completed as soon as reasonably practicable after the pipes have been laid and jointed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipe laying shall follow closely after trench excavation, and the Contractor shall not permit unreasonably excessive lengths of trench excavation to remain open while awaiting testing. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent flotation of pipes in locations where open trench excavation may become flooded, and these precautions may include the partial refilling of trench leaving pipe joints exposed while awaiting tests of the joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
===Fill Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Fill material shall be, where not otherwise specified, selected and broken down after excavation so that no particle exceeds one half of the thickness of the layer for compaction.  Fill material shall contain all sizes of material distributed through it from the largest permitted size to the smallest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill material shall not contain gap graded materials except on the written authority of the Engineer for each case. Fill material shall not contain organic, soluble or other deleterious materials.&lt;br /&gt;
Should the material selected as filling, while acceptable at the time of selection, become unacceptable to the Engineer for any reason including exposure to weather conditions, flooding, contamination by other materials or segregation during the progress of the works, the Contractor shall remove such damaged, softened or segregated material and replace it with fresh approved material at his own expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free Draining Fill / Filters===&lt;br /&gt;
Free drainage fill material and filters shall be formed of hard durable particles and shall be free from clay, silt, soluble or organic matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The particle size distribution of free draining fill materials and filters shall be calculated in accor¬dance with the filter rules set out in Terzaghi and Peck, 1967.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material for free draining fill shall be provided by the Contractor from an approved source. The Contractor may use material from excavations having first pro¬cessed it so that it complies with the specification for free draining materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rip Rap===&lt;br /&gt;
Rip rap material shall be sound, un-weathered and with a low water absorption in order to avoid cracking, bursting and dripping as a result of weather influence. The rock shall mainly consist of large pieces with a lateral length of approximately 150 mm to 400 mm and smaller parts to secure the boulders against sliding and to form a mechanically interlocked uniform surface protection against the action of flowing water, waves, heavy rainfall, washouts, earthquakes, etc., and to provide stability to the fill structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Each piece of rip rap shall have its greatest dimen¬sion not more than twice its least dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
The density shall be not less than 22 kNim3 (solid volume without voids).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material delivered shall be dumped and graded off to a uniform surface up to lines and grades shown on approved drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No pockets of small rocks and clusters of large blocks will be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall submit full details of the proposed source, certified test results and samples for the approval of the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stone Pitching===&lt;br /&gt;
The materials used in stone pitching shall be obtained by the Contractor from sources approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stone shall be sound durable and hard.  It shall be free from laminations, weak cleavages, and undesirable weathering and shall be of such character that it will not disintegrate from the action of air, water or in handling and placing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum dimension of the stone shall be in the range of 300 mm to 400 mm and the minimum dimension shall be 200 mm.  The minimum plane dimension shall be not less than two thirds the maximum plane dimension for each stone.  The stones shall be rough hammered dressed so that they fit reasonably closed together.  They shall be laid to a true and even surface, the spaces between the stones being clinked with rock-spalls and concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The density shall be not less than 22 kN/m3 (solid volume without voids).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Backfilling==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
The approved materials shall be placed in layers, not exceeding 500 mm in depth before compaction and shall be well compacted as specified hereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where necessary the Contractor shall adjust the moisture content of the backfill to an optimum either by drying out or by adding water.  After such drying out or adding of water the backfill shall be thoroughly mixed until the moisture content is uniform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall, when placing the backfilling, make due allowance for any settlement that may occur before the end of the period of maintenance. Where necessary, the Contractor shall at the end of the period of maintenance remove any excess material or make up any deficiency of backfilling to specified levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filling adjacent to Completed Structures.===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall arrange the timing and rate of placing of fill material around or upon any completed or partially completed structure in such a way that no part of the works is overstressed, weakened, damaged or endangered.  The layers of fill material shall be so placed as to maintain adequate drainage and to prevent accumulation of water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In particular, the placing of fill material around the walls of basements and tanks shall commence only after the walls and floors have been completed and have attained their full-specified strength. Fill around the walls of reservoirs shall not commence until after satisfactory completion of testing.  Fill material behind walls fixed at the top to the roof shall not be placed until the roof has been completed and, if made of concrete, has attained its full specified strength and had the temporary supports removed.  The material shall be placed so as to exert a uniform pressure around the walls of a structure, and each layer shall be placed with a fall to prevent the accumulation of water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Special measures shall be taken in compacting material laid immediately adjacent to a concrete wall to ensure that the material is well compacted.  Hand operated vibrating plate compactors, vibro-tampers or power rammers shall be used.  In other cases compaction shall carried out by vibrating compactors smooth wheel or pneumatic tyre rollers of types approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refilling Trenches===&lt;br /&gt;
Trench excavation shall normally be refilled using suitable material selected from excavation carried out within 200 m of the length to be refilled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except where concrete or granular bed, haunch or surround is specified, material Type “A” shall be deposited in 150 mm layers and thoroughly rammed under and around the pipe with suitably shaped rammers, working alternatively on either side of the pipe (particular care being taken to avoid damage to the pipe and any sheathing) until the trench has been refilled up to the swell of the pipe. Thereafter the filling shall be carried up to at least 300 mm above the top of the pipe, in 150 mm layers well compacted as specified hereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type “A” material shall be readily compatible material free from stones and lumps greater than the following sizes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•20 mm	(with occasional lumps up to 40 mm) for PVC pipes; additional requirements for Type “A” fill material for PVC pipes are specified in the following clause.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•50 mm	for all other pipes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of the refilling may consist of coarse material Type “B” free from boulders and clods of earth larger than 150 mm in size provided that the compacted backfill is, in the opinion of the Engineer, sufficiently dense to prevent material from the superimposed layers being washed into the voids in such backfill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coarse material shall be spread in layers of not greater depth than 250 mm and be thoroughly rammed by an approved mechanical rammer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type “B” filling is to be carried up to the level at which in roads surface reinstatement is to commence or (elsewhere) to such level as with the surface reinstatement of the whole of the topsoil will leave the finished work sufficiently “proud” to allow for future settlement to the original subsoil level.&lt;br /&gt;
Hard material such as original road material shall normally be used only for the surface reinstatement or roads as specified but where it is suitable and available in sufficient quantity it may be used in place of or as well as the aforesaid coarse material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where necessary the Contractor shall adjust the moisture content of the refill material either by drying out or by adding water to assist the compaction of the material.&lt;br /&gt;
Should the material being placed as refilling, while acceptable at the time when approved, become unacceptable to the Engineer due to exposure, weather conditions or flooding or have become puddled, soft or segregated during the progress of the works, the Contractor shall at his own expense remove such damaged, softened or segregated material and replace it with approved fresh material.&lt;br /&gt;
Where directed by the Engineer, trench excavations shall be refilled with concrete, class B 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refill Material - Special Measures===&lt;br /&gt;
Where in the opinion of the Engineer sufficient supplies of measures the aforesaid material Type “A” for trench refilling cannot reasonably be obtained from trench excavations within 200 m of the length of the trench to be refilled without resorting to sieving or other special means, then the Engineer may order the Contractor:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•to carry out such work as may be necessary to sieve out stones, or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•to transport suitable material from trench excavation at distances greater than 200 m from the length to be refilled (“overhaul”), or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•to excavate material from suitable borrow areas and transport it to the length of trench to be refilled&lt;br /&gt;
and the Contractor shall do any or all of these things as directed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Drains===&lt;br /&gt;
Should any existing subsoil or field drains be uncovered during general excavation, the Contractor shall either carefully replace them when backfilling, or, if this is un-practicable, he shall divert them to new drains or ditches, or otherwise re-lay them as the Engineer may direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Embankments and Fill==&lt;br /&gt;
===Embankments Generally===&lt;br /&gt;
The term “embankment” includes the construction of embankments around structures, hard or other filling, embankments for road works and the like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Backfilling to general excavations, the forming of spoil tips, and the re-filling of trenches are specified and included in clauses dealing with excavation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials for Embankments===&lt;br /&gt;
Excavated material (including material excavated from borrow pits) used as filling around structures shall be free from clods and lumps and shall be approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should the material being placed as filling, while acceptable at the time of selection, become unacceptable to the Engineer due to exposure to weather conditions or due to flooding or have become puddled soft or segregated during the progress of the works, the Contractor shall at his own expense remove such damaged, softened or segregated material and replace it with fresh approved material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When not otherwise specified, cohesive soil shall be placed in layers not exceeding 200 mm in compacted thickness, cohesion-less soil shall be placed in layers not exceeding 400 mm in compacted thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
Material for hard filling shall be as specified below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filling with Hardcore===&lt;br /&gt;
All filling under structures unless indicated other¬wise on the approved drawings or instructed by the Engineer shall be constructed with hardcore obtained from sources approved by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardcore shall be hard inert material passing a 75 mm sieve and free from clay silt soil and vegetable matter and shall not deteriorate in the presence of water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hardcore shall be placed in layers not exceeding 150 mm thick (measured after consolidation) and each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by mechanical means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final surface of hardcore shall be blinded with fine crushed stone and thoroughly compacted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reinstatement==&lt;br /&gt;
===Surface Reinstatement in the Field.===&lt;br /&gt;
After the Contractor has refilled excavations in fields and grass verges in the manner and to the level specified he shall replace all topsoil previously removed and it shall be evenly distributed and levelled over the full extent of the stripped area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such of the working areas occupied by the Contractor as were originally down to grass shall be sown with grass seed of equivalent quality and maintained until the new grass is properly established.&lt;br /&gt;
Other areas not originally down to grass shall be dressed with suitable fertilizers harrowed in so as to restore the original level of fertility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Surface Reinstatement in Roads===&lt;br /&gt;
Surface reinstatement of refilled excavations in metalled roads shall be in accordance with the re-quirements of the appropriate road authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top layer of surface reinstatement to metalled roads shall be well rolled and finished level with existing surfaces and shall be so maintained (including topping up with additional material when necessary) until the end of the period of maintenance or until taken over for permanent reinstatement by the appropriate highway or other authority whichever shall be the sooner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gravel roads and unpaved roads shall be reinstated to their original condition. If the original road construction cannot clearly be applied, then 100 mm approved large gravel and 150 mm well graded gravel material compacted to 95 % of maximum density in correspondence to the tests in DIN 18127 shall be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Existing Services===&lt;br /&gt;
Where excavation is carried out close to or across the line of sewers, pipes, cables and other services whether underground or overhead, the Contractor shall where necessary provide at his own cost temporary supports or slings and where such sewer, pipe, cable or other service is temporarily disturbed it shall be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hedges, Fences and Walls===&lt;br /&gt;
Where excavation disturbs features, such as hedges, fences and walls, the Contractor, as a temporary measure, shall provide temporary fencing for any parts of such barriers as have had to be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After excavation has been reinstated, the Contractor shall carry out such work as approved by the Engineer for permanent restoration of such barriers.  In the case of a hedge the section removed shall be replaced by saplings of the appropriate variety and on both sides by providing an adequate post and barbed wire fence. During the period of maintenance all hedges replanted in the above manner shall be inspected and any dead saplings replaced by the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Topsoiling and Landscaping==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
After most of the construction work is completed and after finalizing the mass earthworks, the area around structures and paved areas shall be planted with grass, shrubs and trees as specified by the Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Top Soiling===&lt;br /&gt;
So far as is practicable topsoil shall be obtained from material emanating from excavations and separately stored in temporary spoil tips as specified. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot reasonably obtain sufficient topsoil in this way, the Engineer may order the Contractor to provide extra material from an approved source off the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Topsoil shall be evenly spread and trimmed over embankments and filled excavation to the slopes and levels as shown on the approved drawings.  The depth after spreading and trimming shall be 250 mm measured perpendicularly to the surface.  All clods and lumps shall be broken up and any rubbish, large stones, roots and weeds shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the upper layer of natural soil is poor in organic matter, it shall be improved to a minimum depth of 25 cm by adding either clay or sand or silt to create a loamy soil texture consisting of:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•40 % sand (particle size 2.00 mm - 0.05  mm)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•30 % silt (particle size 0.05 mm - 0.002 mm)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•30 % clay (particle size below 0.002 mm).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A shallow ripping will be required before adding clay or sand or silt, which should be mixed under properly by using a disc harrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it should be necessary for topographical reasons, levelling shall be carried out before adding sand, clay or silt.&lt;br /&gt;
After planting of lawn, shrubs or trees, the topsoil shall receive a dressing of fertilizer.&lt;br /&gt;
As minimum requirements dressing of topsoil shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•	lime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•	potash&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•	super-phosphate.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dressing of topsoil shall only be carried out after watering or raining.  The surface of the soil shall be kept wet until fertilizers have dissolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Landscaping and Grassing===&lt;br /&gt;
Where the topsoil shall be sown with grass seed, the top 75 mm of the previously laid topsoil shall be brought to a fine tilth suitable for seeding, and sowing shall be carried out as soon as practicable after completion of top soiling having regard to the season and to weather conditions.  If ordered by the Engineer, subsoil lime and fertilizer shall be applied in accordance with his directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the seeds have been sown uniformly they shall be raked and lightly rolled into the surface. The young grass shall be kept free from weeds and any bare patches shall be re-seeded until an even close turf is established.  The grass shall be watered mown and rolled as required and maintained in good condition until the expiry of the period of maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall replace, at his own cost, any damaged area where the grass has dried up, or has not adhered to the slope surface, which contains undesirable plants, or which has an irregular or unattractive appearance in the Engineer’s opinion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrubs for borders and hedges shall have a minimum height of 600 mm. A minimum of 2 plants per m2 are to be planted to create an evenly dense area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trees to be supplied and planted shall have a minimum height of 1.5 m. For the plant holes, vegetable soil is to be used. Stabilization of freshly planted trees against wind shall be provided.  Shrubs and trees shall be suitable for the site climatic conditions.  The species the Contractor intends to plant shall be approved by the Engineer. Growth of shrubs and trees shall be guaranteed for one year from the day of planting. Any shrubs or trees which have died within the guarantee period must be substituted without extra payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Testing of Material==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary for collecting samples and carrying out field laboratory tests on materials for earthworks.  Laboratory equipment shall be housed in a suitable laboratory building on the site, which shall also incorporate space for storage of field test equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Tests And Standards===&lt;br /&gt;
The Contractor shall carry out all tests in correspondence with the appropriate DIN standard or equivalent .&lt;br /&gt;
For the various tests DIN standards given below are valid but not limited:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18121  Moisture test&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18122  Consistency test&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18123  Grading test&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18124  Density test (solid volume without voids)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18125  Density test for the soil (including voids)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DIN 18127  Proctor Test, DIN 18134  Loading test&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compaction Test===&lt;br /&gt;
The Engineer will conduct regular compaction tests in accordance with the appropriate DIN standards on the various layers of material during construction.  If the results of such tests do not meet the specified requirements, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to remove certain sections of the work and reconstruct them according to the specifications at the Contractor’s own expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All holes made by the Engineer for the purpose of tests shall be restored by the Contractor to conform to the characteristics of the adjacent layers.  This work shall be conducted at the Contractor’s expense.&lt;br /&gt;
Costs for compaction tests shall be to the Employer’s account, except where test results fail to comply with the specified standards. In this case, the cost of such test shall be to the Contractor’s account.  All tests conducted on materials (sieve analysis, etc.) will be debited to the Contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compaction (as partially specified) required for various fills shall be as follows:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Item	Material Prescribed for Fill	Required Compaction (% of the Maximum Density&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mass fill and spoiled material	No special requirements	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backfill for over- excavation (for pipe trenches only)	Fine granular material	100 %&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initial backfill and bedding layer	Fine granular material	100 %&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crushed stone supporting bedding layer	Crusher run 	95%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Final backfill of pipe trenches under roads	Fine granular material	100%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Final backfill of trenches in general	Fine granular material	98%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sandy material	95%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clayey material	93%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backfill to structures	Fine granular material	98%&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specification of materials&lt;br /&gt;
Material   Plasticity Index Material&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fine granular material 	0 - 2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sandy material 	2 - 6&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clayey material 6 - 10&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gravel		  10&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gabions==&lt;br /&gt;
Not used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Auxiliary works==&lt;br /&gt;
===General===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless otherwise specified, all and any kind of works, materials, services, safety measures, etc., as well as, and if so requested by the Engineer, all tests and samples required for the completion of the work shall be included in the other items and prices entered in the Schedule of Prices.  Hence, the auxiliary works comprise, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Removing and storing of boundary stones, bench marks, etc., protection of surveying points and designation by means of boards, survey and protection of all secondary survey points, profiles etc.;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Difficulties to be overcome where excavation may have to be carried out in layers or by hand;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Keeping off or diversion of water, any pumping required, difficult work caused by water, etc.,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Removal or any groynes, buried pipes1 wattle-work, fascines and the like that might interfere with excavation profiles, irrespective of whether or not such structures are specified in the Bill of Quantities;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Difficulties resulting from the specifications relating to fills, compaction tests, eliminating unsuitable material from fills, and, if necessary, mixing of different soil materials;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Transport of excavated material to fill or deposit, placing and spreading in layers according to conditions and drawings, and careful compaction;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Difficulties in transport due to existing subsoil conditions;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Grading of intermediate and top fill surfaces and slopes to lines and levels required;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Sorting of excavated material, which, if necessary, is to be used for special purposes;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Any expenditure for providing1 maintaining and later removal of drive-ways, maintaining existing ways and roads; providing, placing, maintaining and later removal of conveying and dumping equipment that might be required.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Measurement==&lt;br /&gt;
See clause 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Special measures==&lt;br /&gt;
===Refill Material – PVC-Pipes===&lt;br /&gt;
PVC pipes shall be bedded and backfilled in accordance with the particular requirements indicated below, and the special backfill material shall extend 100 mm above and below the pipe to the full trench width.&lt;br /&gt;
The compaction fraction of the special backfill material shall be between 0.1 and 0.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should the compaction fraction exceed 0.3 the Engineer may order the Contractor to supply suitable bedding material which meets the above requirements to provide a 100 mm layer above and below the pipe to the full trench width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compaction fraction is determined by the following method:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Obtain a representative sample more than sufficient to fill an open-ended cylinder 250 mm long and 150 mm internal diameter.  It is important that the moisture content of the sample should not differ materially from that of the main body of the material at the time of its use in the trench.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Place the cylinder on a firm surface and gently pour the sample into it, loosely and without tamping.  Strike of f the top surface level with the top of the cylinder and remove all surplus spilled material. Lift the cylinder up clear of its con¬tents and place on a fresh area of flat surface.  Place about one quarter of the material back in the cylinder and tamp vigorously until no further compaction can be obtained.  Repeat with the second quarter, tamping as before and so on for the third and fourth quarters, tamping the final surface as level as possible.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
•Measure down from the top of the cylinder to the surface of the compacted material.  This distance divided by the height of the cylinder gives the compaction fraction.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Juma</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>